Metabotropic glutamate receptor positive allosteric modulators (PAMS) and uses thereof

ABSTRACT

Provided herein are small molecule active metabotropic glutamate subtype-2 and -3 receptor positive allosteric modulators (PAMS), compositions comprising the compounds, and methods of using the compounds and compositions comprising the compounds.

PRIORITY CLAIM

This application is filed pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 371 as a United StatesNational Phase Application of International Application No.PCT/US2015/024554, filed Apr. 6, 2015, which claims benefit of U.SProvisional Application No. 61/975,870, filed on Apr. 6, 2014, which areherein incorporated by reference in their entirety.

STATEMENT OF GOVERNMENT SUPPORT

This invention was made in part with government support under grant R01DA023926 awarded by the National Institute on Drug Abuse (NIDA). Thegovernment has certain rights in the invention.

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

Described herein are metabotropic glutamate subtype-2 and -3 (mGlu2/3)(collectively Group II mGlus) receptor positive allosteric modulators,methods of making such compounds, pharmaceutical compositions andmedicaments comprising such compounds, and methods of using suchcompounds in the treatment of conditions, diseases, or disorders inwhich metabotropic glutamate receptors are involved.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

Described herein are compounds and compositions, and methods of usingthese compounds and compositions, as positive allosteric modulators ofthe metabotropic glutamate receptor subtype 2 receptor (mGlu2), and ofthe metabotropic glutamate receptor subtype 3 receptor (mGlu3)(collectively Group II mGlus), and for treating CNS disorders associatedwith Group II mGlus.

In one aspect, described herein is a method for treating or preventing adisease or condition in a mammal that would benefit from the modulationof the metabotropic glutamate receptor subtype 2 receptor (mGlu2), andof the metabotropic glutamate receptor subtype 3 receptor (mGlu3)activities comprising administering a modulator of mGlu2 and mGlu3 tothe mammal in need thereof. In some embodiments, the modulator of mGlu2and mGlu3 is a small molecule. In some embodiments, the modulator ofmGlu2 and mGlu3 is a positive allosteric modulator. In some embodiments,the positive allosteric modulator of mGlu2 and mGlu3 is a compoundhaving the structure of Formula (I), Formula (Ia), Formula (Ib), Formula(II), Formula (IIa), Formula (IIb), Formula (IIc), or Formula (III), ora pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

In one aspect, described herein is a compound that has the structure ofFormula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

-   -   wherein:    -   R¹ is —OH, —NHOR⁵, —NHSO₂R⁴, —NR⁴R⁵ or R⁴;    -   L¹ is absent or C₁-C₆alkylene;    -   R² is hydrogen, halogen, nitro, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴, substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;    -   R³ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl;    -   X is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   Z is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   R⁴ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted aryl        or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   R⁵ is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl,        substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted        aryl;    -   or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached to form a substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₈heterocycloalkyl.

In some embodiments,

has the structure of

In some embodiments, L¹ is absent, —CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂CH₂—, or—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—. In some embodiments, L¹ is absent.

In some embodiments, Z is halogen, or C₁-C₆alkyl.

In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃, or —CH₂CH₃.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure ofFormula (Ia):

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure ofFormula (Ib):

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH or —N(R⁴R⁵).

In some embodiments, X is —OH, —OR⁴, C₁-C₆alkyl, or C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl.

In some embodiments, R² is hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴,substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, or substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆fluoroalkyl.

In some embodiments, R³ is C₁-C₆alkyl, or C₃-C₆cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R³ is —CH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂CH₃, —CH(CH₃)₂,—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, —CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.

In some embodiments, R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, or cyclopentyl.

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃; and X is—OH.

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consistingof:

In another aspect, described herein is a compound that has the structureof Formula (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

-   -   wherein:    -   R¹ is —OH, —OR⁴, —NHOR⁵, —NHSO₂R⁴, —NR⁴R⁵ or R⁴;    -   or —C(═O)R¹ is a carboxylic acid bioisostere having the        structure

-   -   Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   L² is absent, —O—, —O—(C₁-C₆alkylene)-, —S—, or        —S—(C₁-C₆alkylene)-;    -   R² is hydrogen, halogen, nitro, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴, substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;    -   R³ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl;    -   X is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   Z is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   R⁴ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   R⁵ is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl,        substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted        aryl;    -   or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached to form a substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₈heterocycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, Z is halogen, or C₁-C₆alkyl.

In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃, or —CH₂CH₃.

In some embodiments, L² is absent, —O—(CH₂)—, —S—(CH₂)—.

In some embodiments, Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.

In some embodiments, Ring A is or

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure ofFormula (IIa):

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure ofFormula (IIb):

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure ofFormula (IIc):

-   -   wherein:    -   Ring A is a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic 5-, or        6-heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, Ring A is selected from a group consisting of:furanyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl,triazolyl, tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl,thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, andtriazinyl. In some embodiments, Ring A is selected from a groupconsisting of:

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, or —N(R⁴R⁵).

In some embodiments, X is —OH, —OR⁴, C₁-C₆alkyl, or C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl.

In some embodiments, R² is hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴,substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, or substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆fluoroalkyl.

In some embodiments, R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃.

In some embodiments, R³ is C₁-C₆alkyl, or C₃-C₆cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R³ is —CH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂CH₃, —CH(CH₃)₂,—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, —CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.

In some embodiments, R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, or cyclopentyl.

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consistingof:

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consistingof:

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consistingof:

Any combination of the groups described above or below for the variousvariables is contemplated herein.

In one aspect, provided herein is a pharmaceutical compositioncomprising a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb),(IIc), or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and apharmaceutically acceptable excipient.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, is formulated for intravenous injection, subcutaneousinjection, oral administration, inhalation, nasal administration,topical administration, ophthalmic administration or oticadministration. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia),(Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, is formulated as (i.e. incorporated into) atablet, a pill, a capsule, a liquid, an inhalant, a nasal spraysolution, a suppository, a suspension, a gel, a solution, an ointment, alotion, an eye drop or an ear drop.

In one aspect, described herein is a method of treating a centralnervous disorder (CNS) disorder, the method comprising the step ofadministering to a subject in need thereof, an effective amount of thecompound of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or(III), thereby treating the disorder.

In some embodiments, the disorder is an addictive disorder.

In some embodiments, the addictive disorder is nicotine addiction,alcohol addiction, opiate addiction, amphetamine addiction,methamphetamine addiction, or cocaine addiction.

In some embodiments, the addictive disorder is nicotine addiction.

In some embodiments, the addictive disorder is cocaine addiction.

In some embodiments, the CNS disorder is schizophrenia.

In some embodiments, the CNS disorder is a neurodegenerative disease.

In some embodiments, the neurodegenerative disease is Alzheimer'sdisease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, or Lou Gehrig'sdisease (Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis or ALS).

In another aspect, described herein is a method of treating substanceabuse, the method comprising the step of administering to a subject inneed thereof, an effective amount of the compound of formula (I), (Ia),(Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), wherein the effective amountis sufficient to diminish, inhibit or eliminate desire for and/orconsumption of the substance in the subject.

In some embodiments, is a method of treating substance abuse, the methodcomprising the step of administering to a subject in need thereof, aneffective amount of the compound of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), wherein the effective amount issufficient to diminish, inhibit or eliminate desire for and/orconsumption of the substance in the subject and wherein the substance isnicotine, alcohol, opiates, amphetamines, methamphetamines, or cocaine.

In yet another aspect, described herein is a method for treating anaddictive disorder, the method comprising the steps of: a) administeringto a subject in need thereof, an effective amount of the compound offormula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), during afirst time period, wherein the first time period is a time periodwherein the subject expects to be in an environment wherein, or exposedto stimuli in the presence of which, the subject habitually uses anaddictive substance; and b) administering an effective amount of thecompound of formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III)during a second time period, wherein the second time period is a timeperiod wherein the subject is suffering from withdrawal.

In one aspect, described herein is a method of treating a disease orcondition by modulation of the mGlu2 receptor in a subject in needthereof, which method comprises administering to the subject atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia),(Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the disease or conditionis a CNS disorder.

In another aspect, described herein is a method of treating a disease orcondition by modulation of the mGlu3 receptor in a subject in needthereof, which method comprises administering to the subject atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia),(Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the disease or conditionis a CNS disorder.

In one aspect, described herein is a method of treating a disease orcondition by dual modulation of the mGlu2/3 receptors in a subject inneed thereof, which method comprises administering to the subject atherapeutically effective amount of a compound of Formula (I), (Ia),(Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the disease or conditionis a CNS disorder.

In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments in which:(a) the effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib),(II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), is systemically administered to themammal; and/or (b) the effective amount of the compound of Formula (I),(Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) is administered orallyto the mammal; and/or (c) the effective amount of the compound ofFormula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) isintravenously administered to the mammal; and/or (d) the effectiveamount of the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb),(IIc), or (III) is administered by inhalation; and/or (e) the effectiveamount of the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb),(IIc), or (III) is administered by nasal administration; or and/or (f)the effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) is administered by injection to themammal; and/or (g) the effective amount of the compound of Formula (I),(Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) is administeredtopically to the mammal; and/or (h) the effective amount of the compoundof Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) isadministered by ophthalmic administration; and/or (i) the effectiveamount of the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb),(IIc), or (III) is administered rectally to the mammal; and/or (j) theeffective amount is administered non-systemically or locally to themammal.

In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprisingsingle administrations of the effective amount of the compound ofFormula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), includingfurther embodiments in which (i) the compound is administered once; (ii)the compound is administered to the mammal multiple times over the spanof one day; (iii) continually; or (iv) continuously.

In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprisingmultiple administrations of the effective amount of the compound ofFormula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), includingfurther embodiments in which (i) the compound is administeredcontinuously or intermittently: as in a single dose; (ii) the timebetween multiple administrations is every 6 hours; (iii) the compound isadministered to the mammal every 8 hours; (iv) the compound isadministered to the mammal every 12 hours; (v) the compound isadministered to the mammal every 24 hours. In further or alternativeembodiments, the method comprises a drug holiday, wherein theadministration of the compound is temporarily suspended or the dose ofthe compound being administered is temporarily reduced; at the end ofthe drug holiday, dosing of the compound is resumed. In one embodiment,the length of the drug holiday varies from 2 days to 1 year.

In any of the aforementioned aspects involving the administration of acompound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or(III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to a subject arefurther embodiments comprising administering at least one additionalagent in addition to the administration of a compound having thestructure of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or(III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In variousembodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III) and the additional agent are administered in anyorder, including simultaneously. In some embodiments, the compound ofFormula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) and theadditional agent are administered to the subject in the samepharmaceutical composition or in separate pharmaceutical compositions.

In any of the embodiments disclosed herein, the subject is a human.

In some embodiments, compounds and compositions provided herein areadministered to a human.

In some embodiments, compounds and compositions provided herein areorally administered.

In other embodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III) provided herein are used in the manufacture of amedicament for the modulation of the mGlu2 receptor. In otherembodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb),(IIc), or (III) provided herein are used in the manufacture of amedicament for the modulation of the mGlu3 receptor. In otherembodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb),(IIc), or (III) provided herein are used in the manufacture of amedicament for the dual modulation of the mGlu2/3 receptors.

Articles of manufacture, which include packaging material, a compound ofFormula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, within the packaging material,and a label that indicates that the compound or composition, orpharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptableN-oxide, pharmaceutically active metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptableprodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, is used for thetreatment of diseases or conditions that would benefit from themodulation of the mGlu2 receptor, are provided.

Articles of manufacture, which include packaging material, a compound ofFormula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, within the packaging material,and a label that indicates that the compound or composition, orpharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptableN-oxide, pharmaceutically active metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptableprodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, is used for thetreatment of diseases or conditions that would benefit from themodulation of the mGlu3 receptor, are provided.

Articles of manufacture, which include packaging material, a compound ofFormula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, within the packaging material,and a label that indicates that the compound or composition, orpharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomers, pharmaceutically acceptableN-oxide, pharmaceutically active metabolite, pharmaceutically acceptableprodrug, or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, is used for thetreatment of diseases or conditions that would benefit from the dualmodulation of the mGlu2/3 receptors, are provided

Other objects, features and advantages of the compounds, methods andcompositions described herein will become apparent from the followingdetailed description. It should be understood, however, that thedetailed description and the specific examples, while indicatingspecific embodiments, are given by way of illustration only, sincevarious changes and modifications within the spirit and scope of theinstant disclosure will become apparent to those skilled in the art fromthis detailed description.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS

FIG. 1A shows Compound 44 displaying Ago-PAM activity toward mGlu2 andPAM activity toward mGlu3 in a G protein-coupled inwardly rectifyingpotassium (GIRK) channel thallium-flux assays. A concentration-responseof 44 was performed in the presence of an EC₂₀ of glutamate in eitherthe mGlu2 GIRK assay (squares) or mGlu3 GIRK assay (triangles).

FIG. 1B shows Compound 44 displaying Ago-PAM activity toward mGlu2 andPAM activity toward mGlu3 in a G protein-coupled inwardly rectifyingpotassium (GIRK) channel thallium-flux assays. A concentration-responseof 44 was performed in the absence of an EC₂₀ of glutamate in either themGlu2 GIRK assay (squares) or mGlu3 GIRK assay (triangles).

FIG. 2A shows Compound 44 dose-dependently inducing a leftward shift inthe glutamate concentration response of mGlu2 in GIRK thallium fluxassays.

FIG. 2B shows Compound 44 dose-dependently inducing a leftward shift inthe glutamate concentration response of mGlu3 in GIRK thallium fluxassays.

FIG. 3A shows the development of a cell line with inducible mGlu3expression coupled to calcium mobilization via the promiscuous G proteinG_(α15). mGlu2/3 expression was detected by Western blot.

FIG. 3B shows the development of a cell line with inducible mGlu3expression coupled to calcium mobilization via the promiscuous G proteinG_(α15). Tetracycline dose-dependently induced a glutamate-simulatedcalcium response.

FIG. 4A shows Compound 44 displaying PAM activity toward mGlu2 and mGlu3in calcium assays utilizing the promiscuous G protein G_(α15). Aconcentration-response of 44 (triangles) and the control mGlu2 selectivePAM BINA (squares) was performed in the presence of an EC₂₀ of glutamatein the HEK293A mGlu2 G_(α15) calcium assay.

FIG. 4B shows Compound 44 displaying PAM activity toward mGlu2 and mGlu3in calcium assays utilizing the promiscuous G protein G_(α15). Aconcentration-response of 44 (triangles) and the control mGlu2 selectivePAM BINA (squares) was performed in the presence of an EC₂₀ of glutamatein the TREx293 mGlu3 G_(α15) calcium assay.

FIG. 5 shows Compound 74 decreasing cocaine-maintained responding, andto a lesser extent food-maintained responding, in rats. At the highestdose tested (40 mg/kg), cocaine-maintained responding was significantlylower than food-maintained responding. The 40 mg/kg dose decreasedresponding for food compared to vehicle only, whereas the same dosedecreased responding for cocaine compared to all other doses tested.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

Glutamate is the major excitatory neurotransmitter in the mammaliancentral nervous system (CNS), mediating fast synaptic transmissionthrough ion channels, primarily theα-amino-3-hydroxy-5-methyl-4-isoxazolepropionic acid (AMPA) and kainateionotropic glutamate receptor subtypes. The metabotropic glutamate(mGlu) receptors are a family of eight G protein-coupled receptors thatare activated by glutamate and perform a modulatory function in thenervous system. The Group II mGlu receptors include the mGlu2 and mGlu3receptor subtypes, which couple with G_(i/o) proteins to negativelyregulate the activity of adenylyl cyclase. Localization studies suggestthat mGlu2 receptors act predominantly as presynaptic autoreceptors tomodulate the release of glutamate into the synaptic cleft (Cartmell, J.;Schoepp, D. D. Regulation of neurotransmitter release by metabotropicglutamate receptors. J. Neurochem. 2000, 75, 889-907). On the otherhand, mGlu3 receptors exhibit a broad distribution in the brain and havebeen shown to be present on astrocytes (Durand, D. et al.Neuropharmacology 2013, 66, 1-11). In addition, it has been shown thatactivation of mGlu3 receptors is required for the neuroprotectiveeffects of mGlu2/3 agonists toward N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA)neurotoxicity in mixed cultures of astrocytes and neurons, whereasactivation of mGlu2 receptors may be harmful (Corti, C. et al. J.Neurosci. 2007, 27, 8297-8308).

Various brain regions, including the cerebral cortex, hippocampus,striatum, amygdala, frontal cortex and nucleus accumbens, display highlevels of mGlu2 and mGlu3 receptor binding. This distribution patternsuggests a role for the mGlu2/3 receptor subtypes in the pathology ofneuropsychiatric disorders such as anxiety, schizophrenia, drugdependence, neuroprotection, Alzheimer's disease, and sleep/wakearchitecture. Thus there is significant potential for the development ofselective Group II mGlu receptor activators, including agonists andpositive allosteric modulators (PAMs), for the treatment of CNS diseasescaused by aberrant glutamatergic signaling.

Positive Allosteric Modulator (PAM)

Allosteric modulators are substances which indirectly influence(modulates) the effects of an agonist or inverse agonist at a receptor.Allosteric modulators bind to a site distinct from that of theorthosteric agonist binding site. Usually they induce a conformationalchange within the protein structure. A positive allosteric modulator(PAM), which is also called an allosteric enhancer, induces anamplification of the agonist's effect. PAMs, through their interactionat allosteric sites on the mGlu receptor, positively modulate (i.e.potentiate) the effects of the endogenous orthosteric mGlu agonistglutamate. The advantages of PAMs compared with orthosteric agonistsincludes enhanced subtype-selectivity, the potential for spatial andtemporal modulation of receptor activation, and ease of optimization andfine-tuning of drug-like properties. Studies showed that selectivelyactivating mGlu2 receptors on cocaine or nicotine dependence, unlikemGlu2/3 orthosteric agonists, decreased cocaine self-administration inrats at doses that did not affect responding for food. Data suggeststhat mGlu2 receptor PAMs have the potential for therapeutic utility inthe treatment of drug dependence.

There have been many accounts in the literature describing selectivemGlu2 receptor PAMs, whereas very little has been reported on compoundswhich potentiate the effects of glutamate at mGlu3 receptors. This issomewhat surprising given the significant sequence homology(approximately 75%) within the transmembrane regions of mGlu2 and mGlu3receptors. Considering the dearth of information on mixed mGlu2/3receptor PAMs, the development of such compounds would provide valuablepharmacological tools. For example, a CNS penetrant mGlu2/3 receptor PAMcould facilitate investigations into whether effects on food respondingin rats are due to general activation of mGlu3 receptors or an effectspecific to direct activation of the mGlu receptor by agonists that actat the mGlu orthosteric binding site.

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are mGlu2/3 receptorPAMs.

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are used to treat aCNS disorder. In some embodiments, the CNS disorder is anxiety. In someembodiments, the CNS disorder is schizophrenia. In another embodiment,the CNS disorder is an addictive disorder.

In some embodiments, the addictive disorder is nicotine addiction,alcohol addiction, opiate addiction, amphetamine addiction,methamphetamine addiction, or cocaine addiction.

In some embodiments, the addictive disorder is nicotine addiction. Insome embodiments, the addictive disorder is cocaine addiction.

In another aspect the disclosure provides methods for treating substanceabuse, by administering to a subject in need thereof, an effectiveamount of a compound having Formula I, wherein the effective amount issufficient to diminish, inhibit or eliminate desire for and/orconsumption of the substance in the subject.

In another aspect the disclosure provides methods for treating substanceabuse, wherein the substance is nicotine, alcohol, opiates,amphetamines, methamphetamines, or cocaine.

In another aspect the disclosure provides a method for treating anaddictive disorder, by a) administering to a subject in need thereof, aneffective amount of a compound having Formula I, during a first timeperiod, wherein the first time period is a time period wherein thesubject expects to be in an environment wherein, or exposed to stimuliin the presence of which, the subject habitually uses an addictivesubstance; and b) administering an effective amount of a compound havingFormula I during a second time period, wherein the second time period isa time period wherein the subject is suffering from withdrawal.

In some embodiments, the CNS disorder is a neurodegenerative disease.

In some embodiments, the neurodegenerative disease is Alzheimer'sdisease. In some embodiments, the neurodegenerative disease isParkinson's disease. In some embodiments, the neurodegenerative diseaseis Huntington's disease. In some embodiments, the neurodegenerativedisease is Lou Gehrig's disease (Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis or ALS).

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein provideneuroprotection.

Anxiety

Anxiety is an unpleasant state of inner turmoil, often accompanied bynervous behavior, such as pacing back and forth, somatic complaints andrumination. It is the subjectively unpleasant feelings of dread overanticipated events, such as the feeling of imminent death. Anxiety is afeeling of fear, worry, and uneasiness, usually generalized andunfocused as an overreaction to a situation that is only subjectivelyseen as menacing. It is often accompanied by muscular tension,restlessness, fatigue and problems in concentration. Anxiety can beappropriate, but when experienced regularly the individual may sufferfrom an anxiety disorder.

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are mGlu2/3 receptorPAM used for treating anxiety symptoms. The method includesadministering to a subject in need thereof, an effective amount of atleast one mGlu2/3 receptor PAM, thereby treating the anxiety symptoms.

Nicotine Addiction

Nicotine dependence is an addiction to tobacco products caused by thedrug nicotine. Nicotine dependence means a person can't stop using thesubstance, even though it's causing harm. Nicotine produces physical andmood-altering effects in the human brain that are temporarily pleasing.These effects increase the desire to use tobacco and lead to dependence.At the same time, stopping tobacco use causes withdrawal symptoms,including irritability and anxiety.

In certain aspects, the effective amount of at least one positiveallosteric modulator is administered to decrease nicotine consumption.For example, in one aspect an effective amount of a positive allostericmodulator of mGlu2 and/or mGlu3, can be administered to decreasenicotine consumption. In certain aspects of the disclosure, a positiveallosteric modulator of mGlu2 and/or mGlu3 is administered while asubject is experiencing withdrawal. In another aspect of the disclosure,a positive allosteric modulator of mGlu2 and/or mGlu3 is administeredduring a time period when a subject is actively using an addictivesubstance.

Cocaine Addiction

Cocaine addiction remains a major public health problem in the UnitedStates. There are several sources of motivation that contribute to thecontinuance of cocaine abuse, including: the positive reinforcingeffects of cocaine; and the alleviation of the negative affectiveaspects of cocaine withdrawal. Conditioned stimuli previously associatedwith cocaine administration may also elicit conditioned “cravings”leading to the reinstatement of cocaine-seeking behavior even after aprolonged period of abstinence. Recent studies indicate that theneuronal mechanisms underlying various aspects of drug abuse may differnecessitating the use of different treatments for specific aspects ofdrug dependence. To date, a safe and effective pharmacological treatmentfor cocaine dependence has yet to be identified. Thus, there remains aneed for the design of new chemical entities that can be used as novelmedications for cocaine addiction.

It has been found that repeated cocaine exposure may alter the functionof Group II metabotropic glutamate receptors (mGlu2 and mGlu3receptors), pointing to a possible role of these mGlu subtypes in thedevelopment of cocaine dependence. The mGlu2/3 receptor positivemodulators may decrease the reinforcing effects of self-administeredcocaine in rats that had extended access to cocaine, a putative model ofcocaine dependence while having no effect in rats with limited access tococaine. Positive mGlu2/3 receptor modulators may attenuatediscriminatory cue-induced reinstatement of cocaine self-administration.In contrast, mGlu2/3 receptor negative modulators may reverse the rewarddeficits associated with early cocaine abstinence.

Cocaine addiction is a chronic relapsing disorder and remains a majorpublic health problem in the United States. The number of cases ofcocaine abuse has steadily risen in the past decade. To date, a safe andeffective pharmacological treatment for cocaine dependence has yet to beidentified, which highlights the need to design new chemical entitiesthat may become future novel medications for cocaine addiction. Recentevidence suggests that mGlus play a significant role in theabuse-related effects of cocaine. For example, repeated administrationof cocaine has been shown to alter the function of mGlus, as well astheir regulation by cysteine/glutamate exchange in the nucleusaccumbens. These findings suggest that mGlu2/3 may be involved in thedevelopment of cocaine dependence and may represent a possible targetfor drug discovery against different aspects of cocaine abuse anddependence. There are several sources of motivation that contribute tothe maintenance of cocaine abuse. These include the positive reinforcingeffects of cocaine and alleviation of the negative affective aspects ofcocaine withdrawal. Further, conditioned stimuli previously associatedwith cocaine administration may elicit conditioned “cravings” leading tothe reinstatement of cocaine-seeking behavior even after a prolongedperiod of abstinence. Recent studies suggest that the neuronalmechanisms underlying drug self-administration are different from thosemediating relapse vulnerability during abstinence, and different fromthose mediating the negative effects of early drug withdrawal.Therefore, it is important to explore concurrently the neurochemicalmechanisms that contribute to the different aspects of cocainedependence using animal models assessing the positive reinforcingeffects of cocaine, the negative affective symptoms of early withdrawal,and cue-induced reinstatement of cocaine-seeking behavior afterprolonged abstinence from drug intake. The discovery and preclinicaltesting of highly selective mGlu2/3 receptor modulators with good brainpenetration may significantly contribute to the discovery of noveltherapeutic treatments for different aspects cocaine dependence.

The intravenous drug self-administration procedure provides a reliableand robust model of human drug consumption. This procedure in animalsprovides a valid model of human drug abuse as studied in a controlledlaboratory situation. Self-administration of drugs of abuse is thoughtto provide an operational measure of the rewarding effects of the drug.Increases in excitatory glutamatergic transmission are likely tocontribute to the positive reinforcing properties of addictive drugs.Neurochemical studies indicate that systemic cocaine administrationincrease glutamate levels in the ventral tegmental area (VTA) and thenucleus accumbens, brain structures that are integral components of theextended amygdala, a brain circuit mediating the reward effects of allmajor drugs of abuse. The administration of a positive modulator ofmGlu2/3 receptors may decrease cocaine self-administration in rats withextended access to cocaine by decreasing glutamate neurotransmission inlimbic structures similar to the effects of mGlu2/3 agonists. Incontrast, a negative modulator of mGlu2/3 receptors will most likelyhave no effect on cocaine self-administration, or possibly will shiftthe dose-response curve to the left, potentiating the reinforcingeffects of cocaine.

Another challenge for the treatment of drug addiction is chronicvulnerability to relapse. One of the factors that precipitates drugcraving and relapse to drug taking behavior in humans is environmentalstimuli previously associated with drug-taking. These drug-associatedstimuli can be divided into two categories: discrete drug cues (e.g.,drug paraphernalia) that are associated with the rewarding effects ofthe drug, and discriminatory and contextual drug cues (e.g., specificenvironmental stimuli or specific environments) that predict drugavailability. In animals, discrete, discriminative and contextualconditioned cues can reinstate drug-seeking behavior, measured byvariables derived from the reinstatement procedure. Recent data showedthat reinstatement of cocaine-seeking was attenuated by systemicinjections of N-acetylcysteine that leads to a tonic increase in nucleusaccumbens glutamate levels in rats. Preliminary results in humanssuggest that N-acetylcysteine attenuated cocaine craving in addictedhumans. Further, exposure to environmental cues previously paired withcocaine injections increased glutamate in the nucleus accumbens. Apotential use for mGlu2/3 agonists as pharmacotherapeutic agents toinhibit relapse was recently shown using different rodent models ofreinstatement. In some embodiments, mGlu2/3 agonists attenuatecocaine-seeking behavior induced by discriminative cocaine-associatedcues or by cocaine priming. In addition, mGlu2/3 agonists have beenshown to inhibit cue-induced reinstatement of heroin-seeking,alcohol-seeking, nicotine-seeking, and also inhibited food-seekingbehavior. The decreases in cue-induced food responding suggest that theadministration of mGlu2/3 agonist decreased motivation for a naturalreinforcer also. Further, it has been hypothesized that susceptibilityto relapse due to cue reactivity increases gradually over periods ofweeks or months. Thus, the administration of a positive modulator ofmGlu2/3 receptors during prolonged abstinence from cocaineself-administration will decrease, while a negative modulator of mGlu2/3receptors will have no effect on cocaine-seeking behavior induced bydiscriminative stimuli associated with cocaine availability.

Avoidance and alleviation of the negative affective state of early drugwithdrawal with further drug abuse is hypothesized to be an importantsource of motivation that contributes significantly to the developmentof compulsive drug use and relapse during early abstinence. It has beenhypothesized that susceptibility to relapse due to affective withdrawalsymptoms peaks within days of cessation reflecting early rise inwithdrawal symptoms. Thus, pharmacological treatments that reverseaspects of cocaine early withdrawal would remove an important source ofmotivation that contributes to relapse to drug abuse shortly after theinitial cessation of drug administration. Abrupt abstinence followingchronic exposure to drugs of abuse, including cocaine results in anegative affective state reflected in significant elevations inintracranial self-stimulation (ICSS) thresholds. ICSS thresholds arethought to provide an operational measure of brain reward function; thuselevations in ICSS thresholds reflect deficits in brain reward function.This threshold elevation is opposite to the lowering of ICSS thresholdsobserved after cocaine administration that reflects an increase in brainreward function that most likely underlies, or at least relates to,cocaine's euphorigenic effects. This increase in brain reward functionassociated with cocaine consumption is considered essential for theestablishment and maintenance of cocaine self-administration behavior.The mechanisms that contribute to withdrawal-induced reward deficits orreward facilitation remain unclear. Group II mGlus have been implicatedin the synaptic adaptations that occur in response to chronic drugexposure and contribute to the aversive behavioral withdrawal syndrome.The role of glutamate transmission in the early phase of cocainewithdrawal has not been studied extensively. However, based on thenicotine dependence findings and the hypothesis of overlappingmechanisms of withdrawal from different drugs of abuse, one mayhypothesize that decreased glutamatergic neurotransmission will alsopartly mediate cocaine withdrawal in cocaine-dependent subjects.

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are mGlu2/3 receptorPAM used for treating cocaine addiction.

Schizophrenia

Schizophrenia is a devastating psychiatric illness that afflictsapproximately 1% of the worldwide population. The core symptoms observedin schizophrenic patients include positive symptoms (thought disorder,delusions, hallucinations, and paranoia), negative symptoms (socialwithdrawal, anhedonia, apathy, and paucity of speech) and cognitiveimpairments such as deficits in perception, attention, learning, short-and long-term memory and executive function. The cognitive deficits inschizophrenia are one of the major disabilities associated with theillness and are considered a reliable predictor of long-term disabilityand treatment outcome. Currently available antipsychotics effectivelytreat the positive symptoms, but provide modest effects on the negativesymptoms and cognitive impairments. Furthermore, some patients areunresponsive to current antipsychotic treatments and several of theseagents are associated with adverse side effects, including disturbancesin motor function, weight gain, and sexual dysfunction. Thus, there is aneed for new treatment strategies for schizophrenia that provide majorimprovements in efficacy across multiple symptom clusters and have feweradverse effects.

Although the underlying pathophysiology of schizophrenia remainsunknown, accumulating evidence points to disruptions in multipleneurotransmitter systems that modulate neural circuits important fornormal affect, sensory processing, and cognition. In particular, earlyclinical findings demonstrated that changes in glutamatergictransmission produced by antagonists of the N-methyl-D-aspartate (NMDA)subtype of ionotropic glutamate receptors, including phencyclidine(PCP), result in a state of psychosis in humans that is similar to thatobserved in schizophrenic patients. These studies suggest that agentsthat increase NMDA receptor function have potential as therapeutics forthe treatment of all major symptom clusters (positive, negative,cognitive) of the disease. More recently, studies indicate that reducedNMDA receptor function induces complex changes in transmission throughcortical and subcortical circuits that involve both glutamatergic andGABAergic synapses and include downstream increases in transmission atglutamatergic synapses in the prefrontal cortex. Importantly, thesecircuit changes might share common features with changes in braincircuit activities that occur in schizophrenia patients. One hypothesisis that NMDA receptors involved in these symptoms might reside atglutamatergic synapses on GABAergic projection neurons in midbrainregions as well as GABAergic interneurons and glutamatergic projectionneurons in key cortical and limbic regions For example, under normalconditions the activation of NMDA receptors localized on GABAergicprojection neurons in subcortical regions, such as the nucleusaccumbens, provides inhibitory control on excitatory glutamatergicthalamocortical neurons that project to pyramidal neurons in theprefrontal cortex (PFC). Hypofunction or blockade of these NMDAreceptors on midbrain inhibitory GABAergic neurons could result in adisinhibition of glutamatergic thalamocortical inputs to pyramidalneurons in the PFC. This disinhibition would lead to a subsequentincreased activity of glutamatergic thalamic neurons and increasedactivity mediated by theDL-a-amino-3-hydroxy-5-methylisoxasole-4-propionate (AMPA) subtype ofglutamate receptors at thalamocortical synapses in the PFC. Based onthis model, manipulations that enhance NMDA receptor function, such asactivation of metabotropic glutamate receptor subtype 5 (mGlu5) locatedon GABAergic neurons, have potential as a novel approach to thetreatment of schizophrenia. An alternative approach might be to reduceexcitatory glutamatergic transmission at key synapses, such asthalamocortical synapses in the PFC, by activation of metabotropicglutamate receptor subtypes 2 and 3 (mGlu2 and mGlu3) presynapticallylocated in these synapses. Although other viable models of circuitchanges associated with schizophrenia exist, this hypothesis providesone possible framework within which to consider effects of ligands atmGlu receptors that might be relevant to schizophrenia.

A large number of preclinical and clinical studies provide strongevidence that agonists of mGlu2 and mGlu3 also have potential as a novelapproach to the treatment of schizophrenia. Consistent with the animalstudies, clinical studies reveal that a highly selective agonist ofgroup II mGlu receptors has robust efficacy in improving ratings forpositive and negative symptoms in patients with schizophrenia. Unlikecurrently marketed antipsychotic agents, there were no major adverseevents reported for the mGlu2/3 agonist in the clinical studies to date.However, further clinical studies will be required to fully establishsafety of these compounds after long-term dosing in schizophrenicpatients, as well as assess possible efficacy on the cognitiveimpairments in these patients. Taken together, these findings representan important breakthrough and could ultimately lead to introduction ofgroup II mGlu receptor activators as a fundamentally novel approach tothe treatment of schizophrenia. As mentioned above, animal studiesreveal that the psychotomimetic agents increase activity ofglutamatergic synapses in the PFC, and hyperactivity of glutamateneurotransmission in the PFC and limbic structures has been postulatedto play a critical role in the pathophysiology of schizophrenia.Interestingly, effects of psychotomimetic agents on glutamatergictransmission in the PFC are blocked by group II mGlu receptor agonists.Although it is not yet clear whether this action of group II mGlureceptor agonists is mechanistically related to the antipsychoticactions of these compounds, these actions fit well with current modelsof disruptions in subcortical and cortical circuits that might beinvolved in the psychotomimetic effects of NMDA receptor antagonists andthe range of symptoms observed in schizophrenia patients. Despiteadvances in development of group II mGlu receptor agonists, it is notyet clear whether orthosteric agonists of these receptors will reach themarket for broad clinical use. Long-term administration of group II mGlureceptor agonists induces robust tolerance in at least one rodent modelthat has been used to predict antipsychotic efficacy. These orthostericagonists also activate both mGlu2 and mGlu3 and do not provide insightsinto which of these group II mGlu receptor subtypes is most importantfor clinical efficacy. Although, recent findings demonstrate that theantipsychotic-like effects of mGlu2/3 receptor agonists are absent inmGlu2-knockout, but not mGlu3-knockout, mice. Thus, it is possible thatpositive allosteric modulators of mGlu2/3 might be an alternativeapproach that could provide greater selectivity and other potentialadvantages to orthosteric agonists.

In some embodiments, group II mGlu receptor agonists are useful in thetreatment of schizophrenia. In some embodiments, selective mGlu2/3 PAMsrepresent a novel approach to the treatment of these disorders that isdevoid of the adverse effects associated with currently available drugs.

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are mGlu2/3 receptorPAM used for treating schizophrenia. The method includes administeringto a subject in need thereof, an effective amount of at least onemGlu2/3 receptor PAM, thereby treating schizophrenia.

Alzheimer's Disease

Alzheimer's disease (AD), also known as Alzheimer disease, or justAlzheimer's, accounts for 60% to 70% of cases of dementia. It is achronic neurodegenerative disease that usually starts slowly and getsworse over time. The most common early symptom is difficulty inremembering recent events (short term memory loss). As the diseaseadvances, symptoms can include: problems with language, disorientation(including easily getting lost), mood swings, loss of motivation, notmanaging self-care, and behavioural issues. As a person's conditiondeclines, she or he often withdraws from family and society. Gradually,bodily functions are lost, ultimately leading to death. Although thespeed of progression can vary, the average life expectancy followingdiagnosis is three to nine years.

Various brain regions, including the cerebral cortex, hippocampus,striatum, amygdala, frontal cortex and nucleus accumbens, display highlevels of mGlu2 and mGlu3 receptor binding. This distribution patternsuggests a role for the mGlu2/3 receptor subtypes in the pathology ofneuropsychiatric disorders such as Alzheimer's disease.

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are mGlu2/3 receptorPAM used for treating Alzheimer's disease. The method includesadministering to a subject in need thereof, an effective amount of atleast one mGlu2/3 receptor PAM, thereby treating Alzheimer's disease.

Huntington's Disease

Huntington's disease (HD) is a neurodegenerative genetic disorder thataffects muscle coordination and leads to mental decline and behavioralsymptoms. Symptoms of the disease can vary between individuals andaffected members of the same family, but usually progress predictably.The earliest symptoms are often subtle problems with mood or cognition.A general lack of coordination and an unsteady gait often follows. Asthe disease advances, uncoordinated, jerky body movements become moreapparent, along with a decline in mental abilities and behavioralsymptoms. Physical abilities gradually worsen until coordinated movementbecomes difficult. Mental abilities generally decline into dementia.Complications such as pneumonia, heart disease, and physical injury fromfalls reduce life expectancy to around twenty years from the point atwhich symptoms begin. Physical symptoms can begin at any age frominfancy to old age, but usually begin between 35 and 44 years of age.

Excitotoxic injury to striatum by dysfunctional cortical input oraberrant glutamate uptake may contribute to Huntington's disease (HD)pathogenesis. Daily subcutaneous injection with a maximum tolerated dose(MTD) of the mGlu2/3 agonist LY379268 (20 mg/kg) beginning at 4 weekshas been found to dramatically improves the phenotype in R6/2 mice (themost commonly used animal model of Huntington's disease) (Reiner et al.Brain Research 1473 (2012) 161-172). For example, normalization of motorfunction in distance traveled, speed, the infrequency of pauses, and theability to locomote in a straight line, and a rescue of a 15-20%striatal neuron loss at 10 weeks were observed.

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are mGlu2/3 receptorPAM used for treating Huntington's disease. The method includesadministering to a subject in need thereof, an effective amount of atleast one mGlu2/3 receptor PAM, thereby treating Huntington's disease.

Lou Gehrig's Disease (ALS)

Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) is a debilitating disordercharacterized by rapidly progressive motor neuron degeneration, whichresults into weakness, muscle atrophy and spasticity. Riluzole is theonly drug that improves survival of ALS patients, only to a modestextent. Thus, there is an urgent need for treatments that slow theprogression of ALS. Familial ALS (FALS) is caused by mutations ofseveral genes including SOD1 (type-1 superoxide dismutase). AlthoughSOD1 mutations account for only 20% of FALS and about 2% of sporadicALS, SOD1 mutant mice recapitulate several features of human ALS, andare widely employed as model for ALS. The validity of this model isstrengthened by the evidence that SOD1 aggregates are detected in thespinal cord of people with sporadic ALS or with ALS caused by mutationsof genes other than SOD1. The mechanisms by which SOD1 misfoldingdamages motor neurons are only partially elucidated and involveglutamate excitotoxicity, mitochondrial dysfunction, disruption ofaxonal transport, and abnormalities in astrocytes and microglia. One ofthe potential mechanisms of excitotoxicity in ALS is a reducedexpression of the glutamate transporter, GLT-1, which clears glutamatefrom the synapses.

Enhancement of glial-derived neurotrophic factor (GDNF) is anestablished therapeutic target for amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS).Activation of group II metabotropic glutamate (mGlu) receptors with theorthosteric agonist, LY379268, enhanced GDNF levels in cultured spinalcord astrocytes from wild-type mice and mGlu2 knockout mice, but not inastrocytes from mGlu3 knockout mice. LY379268 protected Sternbergermonoclonal incorporated antibody-32 (SMI-32)⁺ motor neurons againstexcitotoxic death in mixed cultures of spinal cord cells, and its actionwas abrogated by anti-GDNF antibodies. Acute systemic injection ofLY379268 (0.5, 1 or 5 mg/kg, i.p.) enhanced spinal cord GDNF levels inwild-type and mGlu2 knockout mice, but not in mGlu3 knockout mice. Notolerance developed to the GDNF-enhancing effect of LY379268 when thedrug was continuously delivered for 28 days by means of s.c. osmoticminipumps (0.5-5 mg/day). Continuous infusion of LY379268 also enhancedthe expression of the glutamate transporter GLT-1, in the spinal cord.Continuous treatment with 1 or 5 mg/kg/day with LY379268 had abeneficial effect on neurological disability in SOD1G93A mice. At day 40of treatment, LY379268 enhanced spinal cord levels of GDNF and GLT-1,and rescued spinal cordmotor neurons, as assessed by stereologiccounting of smi-32⁺ cells.

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are mGlu2/3 receptorPAM used for treating ALS. The method includes administering to asubject in need thereof, an effective amount of at least one mGlu2/3receptor PAM, thereby treating ALS.

Parkinson's Disease

Parkinson's disease (PD) is a chronic movement disorder resulting from adisturbance in the normal functioning of the basal ganglia, a collectionof subcortical nuclei that are essential for the initiation and controlof motor activity. The underlying pathology of the disease is aprogressive degeneration of the dopaminergic nigrostriatal tract thatmanifests as a range of motor deficits including akinesia orbradykinesia, tremor, rigidity and postural instability. Currenttherapies for PD are essentially based on dopamine replacement andinclude levodapa (L-DOPA), a precursor of dopamine, and dopaminereceptor agonists. These agents are effective in treating the symptomsof the disease in the early stages, but are less effective as thedisease progresses when debilitating side-effects such as “on-off”fluctuations in efficacy and uncontrollable dyskinesias (involuntarymuscle movements) ensue. More importantly, dopaminergic treatments donot halt the disease progression. For these reasons, severalinvestigators have started to focus on nondopaminergic interventions assymptomatic and neuroprotecive strategies in PD.

Studies have shown that Group II mGlu receptors play some role inalleviating akinesia in the rat. In functional studies (Murray et al.Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior 73 (2002) 455-466),intracerebroventricular administration of LY379268 (1, 5, 10, 20 nmol/2μl) produced a dose-dependent increase in locomotor activity in thereserpine (5 mg/kg ip)-treated rat. In contrast, systemic administrationof LY379268 (0.1, 1, 10 mg/kg ip) did not reverse reserpine-inducedakinesia and failed to effect rotational behaviour 1 month afterunilateral lesioning of the nigrostriatal tract by 6-hydroxydopamine(6-OHDA; 4 mg infused into the substantia nigra (SN)). These resultssuggest that mGlus may offer a nondopaminergic approach to the treatmentof PD.

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are mGlu2/3 receptorPAM used for treating Parkinson's disease. The method includesadministering to a subject in need thereof, an effective amount of atleast one mGlu2/3 receptor PAM, thereby treating Parkinson's disease.

Neuroprotection

In neuroprotective studies (Murray et al. Pharmacology, Biochemistry andBehavior 73 (2002) 455-466), animals were treated with LY379268 (10mg/kg/day ip) either for 7 days following 6-OHDA injection into the SN(4 mg) or for 21 days following 6-OHDA injection into the striatum (10mg) before measurement of tyrosine hydroxylase immunoreactivity in thestriatum and/or SN as an index of neuroprotection. LY379268 providedsome protection against nigral infusion of 6-OHDA and also somefunctional improvement and correction of dopamine turnover was observed.The compound also provided significant protection in the striatum andsome protection in the SN against striatal infusion of 6-OHDA.

Low doses of the mGlu2/3 metabotropic glutamate receptor agonist,LY379268 (0.25-3 mg/kg, i.p.) increased glial cell line-derivedneurotrophic factor (GDNF) mRNA and protein levels in the mouse brain,as assessed by in situ hybridization, real-time PCR, immunoblotting, andimmunohistochemistry. This increase was prominent in the striatum, butwas also observed in the cerebral cortex. GDNF mRNA levels peaked at 3 hand declined afterwards, whereas GDNF protein levels progressivelyincreased from 24 to 72 h following LY379268 injection. The action ofLY379268 was lost in mGlu3 receptor knockout mice, but not in mGlu2receptor knockout mice. In pure cultures of striatal neurons, theincrease in GDNF induced by LY379268 required the activation of themitogen-activated protein kinase and phosphatidylinositol-3-kinasepathways, as shown by the use of specific inhibitors of the twopathways. Both in vivo and in vitro studies led to the conclusion thatneurons were the only source of GDNF in response to mGlu3 receptoractivation. Remarkably, acute or repeated injections of LY379268 atdoses that enhanced striatal GDNF levels (0.25 or 3 mg/kg, i.p.) werehighly protective against nigrostriatal damage induced by1-methyl-4-phenyl-1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine in mice, as assessed bystereological counting of tyrosine hydroxylase-positive neurons in thepars compacta of the substantia nigra. It is speculated that selectivemGlu3 receptor agonists or enhancers are potential candidates asneuroprotective agents in Parkinson's disease, and their use mightcircumvent the limitations associated with the administration ofexogenous GDNF. Hence, selective mGlu3 receptor agonists or positiveallosteric modulators (PAMs) would potentially be helpful in thetreatment of chronic neurodegenerative disorder by providingneuroprotection.

Compounds

In one aspect, described herein is a compound that has the structure ofFormula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

-   -   wherein:    -   R¹ is —OH, —NHOR⁵, —NHSO₂R⁴, —NR⁴R⁵ or R⁴;    -   L¹ is absent or C₁-C₆alkylene;    -   R² is hydrogen, halogen, nitro, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴, substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;    -   R³ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl;    -   X is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   Z is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   R⁴ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted aryl        or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   R⁵ is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl,        substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted        aryl;    -   or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached to form a substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₈heterocycloalkyl.

Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof are chosenby one skilled in the field to provide stable moieties and compounds.For example, in some embodiments, n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. In someembodiments, n is 0. In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, nis 2. In some embodiments

In some embodiments

In some embodiments

In some embodiments

In some embodiments

In some embodiments, L¹ is absent, —CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂CH₂—, or—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—. In some embodiments, L¹ is absent. In some embodiments,L¹ is —CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂CH₂—, or —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₂—. In someembodiments, L¹ is —CH₂CH₂—.

In some embodiments, Z is halogen, or C₁-C₆alkyl. In some embodiments, Zis F, Cl, Br, or I. In some embodiments, Z is Br, or I. In someembodiments, Z is F, or Cl. In some embodiments, Z is C₁-C₆alkyl. Insome embodiments, Z is —CH₃, or —CH₂CH₃. In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure ofFormula (Ia):

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure ofFormula (Ib):

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH, —NHOR⁵, —NHSO₂R⁴, —NR⁴R⁵ or R⁴. In someembodiments, R¹ is —OH or —N(R⁴R⁵).

In some embodiments, R¹ is OH.

In some embodiments, R¹ is —N(R⁴R⁵). In some embodiments, R¹ is—N(R⁴R⁵), R⁴ is C₁-C₆alkyl or C₃-C₆cycloalkyl; and R⁵ is hydrogen orC₁-C₆alkyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is —N(R⁴R⁵) and R⁴ and R⁵ takentogether with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form asubstituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₈heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments,R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached toform a substituted or unsubstituted C₅-C₆heterocycloalkyl. In someembodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to which theyare attached to form a substituted or unsubstituted C₆heterocycloalkyl.In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to whichthey are attached to form a pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, orpiperazinyl optionally substituted with C₁-C₆alkyl, halogen, or —SO₂CH₃.

In some embodiments, X is —OH, —OR⁴, C₁-C₆alkyl, or C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl. Insome embodiments, X is —OH. In some embodiments, X is C₁-C₆alkyl. Insome embodiments, X is —CH₃. In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃ and X is—CH₃. In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃ and X is —OH.

In some embodiments, R² is hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴,substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, or substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R² is halogen. In someembodiments, R² is F or Cl. In some embodiments, R² is —OH or —OR⁴. Insome embodiments, R² is —OR⁴. In some embodiments, R² is —OCH₃. In someembodiments, R² is C₁-C₆alkyl. In some embodiments, R² is —CH₃.

In some embodiments,

R² is —CH₃, —OCH₃, Cl, or F, and R¹ is —OH.

In some embodiments,

R² is —CH₃, —OCH₃, Cl, or F, and R¹ is —OH.

In some embodiments,

R² is —CH₃, —OCH₃, Cl, or F, and R¹ is —OH.

In some embodiments,

R² is —CH₃, —OCH₃, Cl, or F, and R¹ is —OH.

In some embodiments,

R² is —CH₃, —OCH₃, Cl, or F, and R¹ is —OH.

In some embodiments, R³ is C₁-C₆alkyl, or C₃-C₆cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R³ is —CH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂CH₃, —CH(CH₃)₂,—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, —CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.

In some embodiments, R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, or cyclopentyl. In someembodiments, R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂. In some embodiments, R³ is —C(CH₃)₃. Insome embodiments, R³ is cyclopentyl.

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃; and X is—OH.

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, X is —OH, Zis —CH₃, and R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, or cyclopentyl.

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, X is —OH, Zis —CH₃, and R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂.

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, X is —OH, Zis —CH₃, and R³ is —C(CH₃)₃.

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, X is —OH, Zis —CH₃, and R³ is cyclopentyl.

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consistingof:

In another aspect, described herein is a compound that has the structureof Formula (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

-   -   wherein:    -   R¹ is —OH, —OR⁴, —NHOR⁵, —NHSO₂R⁴, —NR⁴R⁵ or R⁴;    -   or —C(═O)R¹ is a carboxylic acid bioisostere having the        structure

-   -   Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   L² is absent, —O—, —O—(C₁-C₆alkylene)-, —S—, or        —S—(C₁-C₆alkylene)-;    -   R² is hydrogen, halogen, nitro, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴, substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;    -   R³ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl;    -   X is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   Z is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   R⁴ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   R⁵ is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl,        substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted        aryl;    -   or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached to form a substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₈heterocycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. In some embodiments, n is 0.In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In someembodiments, n is 3. In some embodiments, n is 4.

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments,

In some embodiments, Z is halogen, or C₁-C₆alkyl. In some embodiments, Zis F, Cl, Br, or I. In some embodiments, Z is Br or I. In someembodiments, Z is Cl or F.

In some embodiments, Z is C₁-C₆alkyl. In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃, or—CH₂CH₃. In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃.

In some embodiments, L² is absent, —O—(CH₂)—, —S—(CH₂)—. In someembodiments, L² is absent.

In some embodiments, Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted aryl. Insome embodiments, Ring A is unsubstituted aryl. In some embodiments,Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.

In some embodiments, Ring A is

In some embodiments, Ring A is

In some embodiments, Ring A is

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure ofFormula (IIa):

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure ofFormula (IIb):

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure ofFormula (IIc):

wherein:

Ring A is a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic 5-, or 6-memberedheteroaryl.

In some embodiments, Ring A is a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic5-membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, Ring A is a substituted orunsubstituted monocyclic 6-membered heteroaryl.

In some embodiments, Ring A is selected from a group consisting of:furanyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl,triazolyl, tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl,thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, andtriazinyl.

In some embodiments, Ring A is selected from a group consisting of:

In some embodiments, Ring A is selected from a group consisting of:

In some embodiments, Ring A is selected from a group consisting of:

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, or —N(R⁴R⁵).

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH or —N(R⁴R⁵).

In some embodiments, R¹ is OH.

In some embodiments, R¹ is —N(R⁴R⁵). In some embodiments, R¹ is—N(R⁴R⁵), R⁴ is C₁-C₆alkyl or C₃-C₆cycloalkyl; and R⁵ is hydrogen orC₁-C₆alkyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is —N(R⁴R⁵) and R⁴ and R⁵ takentogether with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form asubstituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₈heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments,R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached toform a substituted or unsubstituted C₅-C₆heterocycloalkyl. In someembodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to which theyare attached to form a substituted or unsubstituted C₆heterocycloalkyl.In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to whichthey are attached to form a pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, orpiperazinyl optionally substituted with C₁-C₆alkyl, halogen, or —SO₂CH₃.

In some embodiments, —C(═O)R¹ is a carboxylic acid bioisostere havingthe structure

In some embodiments, —C(═O)R¹ is a carboxylic acid bioisostere havingthe structure

In some embodiments, —C(═O)R¹ is a carboxylic acid bioisostere havingthe structure

In some embodiments, —C(═O)R¹ is a carboxylic acid bioisostere havingthe structure

In some embodiments, —C(═O)R¹ is a carboxylic acid bioisostere havingthe structure

In some embodiments, X is —OH, —OR⁴, C₁-C₆alkyl, or C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl. Insome embodiments, X is —OH. In some embodiments, X is C₁-C₆alkyl. Insome embodiments, X is —CH₃. In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃ and X is—CH₃. In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃ and X is —OH.

In some embodiments, R² is hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴,substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, or substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆fluoroalkyl.

In some embodiments, R² is hydrogen, F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃.

In some embodiments,

n is 1, R² is hydrogen, and R¹ is OH.

In some embodiments,

n is 1, R² is hydrogen, and R¹ is OH.

In some embodiments,

n is 1, R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, and R¹ is OH.

In some embodiments,

n is 1, R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, and R¹ is OH.

In some embodiments,

n is 1, R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, and R¹ is OH.

In some embodiments,

n is 1, R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, and R¹ is OH.

In some embodiments,

n is 1, R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, and R¹ is OH.

In some embodiments,

n is 1, R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, and R¹ is OH.

In some embodiments, R³ is C₁-C₆alkyl, or C₃-C₆cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R³ is —CH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂CH₃, —CH(CH₃)₂,—CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃, —CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.

In some embodiments, R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, or cyclopentyl.

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is hydrogen, F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃;and X is —OH. In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is hydrogen, X is —OH,Z is —CH₃, and R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, or cyclopentyl. In someembodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is hydrogen, X is —OH, Z is —CH₃, and R³ is—CH(CH₃)₂. In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is hydrogen, X is —OH, Zis —CH₃, and R³ is —C(CH₃)₃. In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² ishydrogen, X is —OH, Z is —CH₃, and R³ is cyclopentyl. In someembodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, X is —OH, Z is—CH₃, and R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, or cyclopentyl. In someembodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, X is —OH, Z is—CH₃, and R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂. In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is F, Cl,—CH₃, or —OCH₃, X is —OH, Z is —CH₃, and R³ is —C(CH₃)₃. In someembodiments, R¹ is —OH; R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃, X is —OH, Z is—CH₃, and R³ is cyclopentyl.

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consistingof:

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consistingof:

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consistingof:

In another aspect, described herein is a compound that has the structureof Formula (III), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:

-   -   wherein:    -   R¹ is —OH, —OR⁴, —NHOR⁵, —NHSO₂R⁴, —NR⁴R⁵ or R⁴;    -   or —C(═O)R¹ is a carboxylic acid bioisostere having the        structure

-   -   Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or substituted or        unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   Ring B is substituted or unsubstituted heteroarylaryl;    -   L² is absent, —O—, —O—(C₁-C₆alkylene)-, —S—, or        —S—(C₁-C₆alkylene)-;    -   R² is hydrogen, halogen, nitro, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴, substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   R³ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted        C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl;    -   X is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   Z is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted        C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or        substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl;    -   R⁴ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted aryl,        or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;    -   R⁵ is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl,        substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or        unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted        aryl;    -   or R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are        attached to form a substituted or unsubstituted        C₂-C₈heterocycloalkyl;    -   n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4; and    -   p is 0 or 1.

In some embodiments, n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4. In some embodiments, n is 0.In some embodiments, n is 1. In some embodiments, n is 2. In someembodiments, n is 3. In some embodiments, n is 4. In some embodiments, pis 0 and n is 0. In some embodiments, p is 1 and n is 0. In someembodiments, p is 1 and n is 1.

In some embodiments, Z is halogen, or C₁-C₆alkyl. In some embodiments, Zis F, Cl, Br, or I. In some embodiments, Z is Br or I. In someembodiments, Z is Cl or F.

In some embodiments, Z is C₁-C₆alkyl. In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃, or—CH₂CH₃. In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃.

In some embodiments, L² is absent, —O—(CH₂)—, —S—(CH₂)—. In someembodiments, L² is absent.

In some embodiments, Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted aryl. Insome embodiments, Ring A is unsubstituted aryl.

In some embodiments, Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.

In some embodiments, Ring A is

In some embodiments, Ring A is

In some embodiments, Ring A is

In some embodiments, Ring A is substituted or unsubstituted 5- or6-membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, Ring A is substituted orunsubstituted 5-membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, Ring A issubstituted or unsubstituted 6-membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments,Ring A is selected from a group consisting of: furanyl, pyrrolyl,oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl,isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl,pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, and triazinyl.

In some embodiments, Ring B is substituted or unsubstituted 5- or6-membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, Ring B is substituted orunsubstituted 5-membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, Ring B issubstituted or unsubstituted 6-membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments,Ring B is selected from a group consisting of: furanyl, pyrrolyl,oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl,isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl,pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, and triazinyl.

In some embodiments, Ring B is selected from a group consisting of:

In some embodiments, Ring B is selected from a group consisting of:

In some embodiments, Ring B is selected from a group consisting of:

In some embodiments, R¹ is —OH, —OCH₃, —OCH₂CH₃, or —N(R⁴R⁵). In someembodiments, R¹ is —OH or —N(R⁴R⁵). In some embodiments, R¹ is OH.

In some embodiments, R¹ is —N(R⁴R⁵). In some embodiments, R¹ is—N(R⁴R⁵), R⁴ is C₁-C₆alkyl or C₃-C₆cycloalkyl; and R⁵ is hydrogen orC₁-C₆alkyl. In some embodiments, R¹ is —N(R⁴R⁵) and R⁴ and R⁵ takentogether with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form asubstituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₈heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments,R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached toform a substituted or unsubstituted C₅-C₆heterocycloalkyl. In someembodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to which theyare attached to form a substituted or unsubstituted C₆heterocycloalkyl.In some embodiments, R⁴ and R⁵ taken together with the nitrogen to whichthey are attached to form a pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, orpiperazinyl optionally substituted with C₁-C₆alkyl, halogen, or —SO₂CH₃.

In some embodiments, —C(═O)R¹ is a carboxylic acid bioisostere. In someembodiments, —C(═O)R¹ is a carboxylic acid bioisostere having thestructure

In some embodiments, X is —OH, —OR⁴, C₁-C₆alkyl, or C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl. Insome embodiments, X is —OH. In some embodiments, X is C₁-C₆alkyl. Insome embodiments, X is —CH₃. In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃ and X is—CH₃. In some embodiments, Z is —CH₃ and X is —OH.

In some embodiments, R² is hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴,substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, or substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆fluoroalkyl.

In some embodiments, R² is hydrogen, F, Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃. In someembodiments, R² is hydrogen.

In some embodiments, R³ is C₁-C₆alkyl, or C₃-C₆cycloalkyl. In someembodiments, R³ is —CH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂CH₃, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃,—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl. In some embodiments, R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂,—C(CH₃)₃, or cyclopentyl.

In some embodiments, p is 1, R¹ is —OH; R² is hydrogen, F, Cl, —CH₃, or—OCH₃; and X is —OH.

In some embodiments, p is 0, R² is hydrogen, X is —OH, Z is —CH₃, and R³is —CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, or cyclopentyl. In some embodiments, p is 0, R²is hydrogen, X is —OH, Z is —CH₃, and R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂. In someembodiments, p is 0, R² is hydrogen, X is —OH, Z is —CH₃, and R³ is—C(CH₃)₃. In some embodiments, p is 0, R² is hydrogen, X is —OH, Z is—CH₃, and R³ is cyclopentyl.

In some embodiments, p is 1, R¹ is —OH; R² is hydrogen, X is —OH, Z is—CH₃, and R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, or cyclopentyl. In someembodiments, p is 1, R¹ is —OH; R² is hydrogen, X is —OH, Z is —CH₃, andR³ is —CH(CH₃)₂. In some embodiments, p is 1, R¹ is —OH; R² is hydrogen,X is —OH, Z is —CH₃, and R³ is —C(CH₃)₃. In some embodiments, p is 1, R¹is —OH; R² is hydrogen, X is —OH, Z is —CH₃, and R³ is cyclopentyl.

In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consistingof:

In some embodiments, compounds described herein have the followingstructure:

In some embodiments, R^(a) is as described in Table 1. In someembodiments, R² is as described in Table 1. In some embodiments, R^(b)is as described in Table 1. In some embodiments, X is as described inTable 1. In some embodiments, R^(a), R², R^(b) and X are as described inTable 1.

In some embodiments, compounds described herein have the followingstructure:

In some embodiments, R^(a) is as described in Table 2. In someembodiments, R² is as described in Table 2. In some embodiments, R^(b)is as described in Table 2. In some embodiments, X is as described inTable 2. In some embodiments, Ring A is as described in Table 2. In someembodiments, L is as described in Table 2. In some embodiments, R^(a),R², R^(b), X, and Ring A are as described in Table 2.

In some embodiments, compounds described herein have the followingstructure:

In some embodiments, Ring A is as described in Table 3. In someembodiments, Ring B is as described in Table 3. In some embodiments, Lis as described in Table 3. In some embodiments, R^(b) is as describedin Table 3. In some embodiments, X is as described in Table 3. In someembodiments, Ring A, Ring B, R^(b), X, and L are as described in Table3.

Non-limiting examples of compounds described herein are presented inTables 1 through Table 4.

TABLE 1

Cmpd R^(a) R² X R^(b)  5 4-CH₂CH₂CO₂H 3-OH OH

 6 4-CH═CHCOO-3 OH

 14 4-COOMe H CH₃

 15 4-COOMe H CH₃

 16 4-COOMe H OH

 17 4-COOMe H OH

 18 4-COOH H CH₃

 19 4-COOH H CH₃

 20 4-COOH H OH

 21 4-COOH H OH

 22 3-COOH H CH₃

 23 3-COOH H CH₃

 24 3-COOH H OH

 25 3-COOH H OH

 26 2-COOH H CH₃

 27 2-COOH H CH₃

 28 2-COOH H OH

 29 2-COOH H OH

 30 4-COOH 3-Cl CH₃

 31 4-COOH 3-Cl CH₃

 32 4-COOH 3-Cl OH

 33 4-COOH 3-Cl OH

 34 3-COOH 4-F CH₃

 35 3-COOH 4-F CH₃

 36 3-COOH 4-F OH

 37 3-COOH 4-F OH

 38 5-COOH 2-CH₃ OH

 39 5-COOH 2-CH₃ OH

 40 3-COOH 2-CH₃ OH

 41 3-COOH 2-CH₃ OH

 42 4-COOH 2-F OH

 43 4-COOH 2-F OH

 44 4-COOH 2-OMe OH

 45 4-COOH 2-OMe OH

 46 4-COOH 2-Cl OH

 47 4-COOH 2-Cl OH

 48 4-COOH 3-CH₃ OH

 49 4-COOH 3-CH₃ OH

 50 5-COOH 2-OMe OH

 51 5-COOH 2-OMe OH

 52 4-COOH 2-OMe OH

 53 5-COOH 2-OMe OH

 54 3-COOH 2-CH₃ OH

 55 3-COOH 4-F OH

 56 4-COOH 2-CH₃ OH

 57 4-COOH 2-OMe OH

 58 5-COOH 2-OMe OH

 59 3-COOH 2-CH₃ OH

 60 3-COOH 4-F OH

 61 4-COOH 2-CH₃ OH

 62 4-COOH 2-OMe OH

 63 5-COOH 2-OMe OH

 64 3-COOH 2-CH₃ OH

 65 3-COOH 4-F OH

 66 4-COOH 2-CH₃ OH

 67 4-COOH 2-OMe OH

 68 5-COOH 2-OMe OH

 69 3-COOH 2-CH₃ OH

 70 3-COOH 4-F OH

 71 4-COOH 2-CH₃ OH

 72 5-COOH 2-OMe OH

 73 4-COOH 2-OMe OH

 74 3-COOH 2-Me OH

 75 3-COOH 4-F OH

 76 4-CN H CH₃

 77 4-CN H CH₃

 78 4-tetrazoloyl H CH₃

 79 4-tetrazoloyl H CH₃

 80 4-CH═CHCOO-3 CH₃

 81 4-CH═CHCOO-3 CH₃

 82 4-CN H OH

 83 4-CN H OH

 84 4-CH═CHCOO-3 OH

 85 3-CH₂CH₂CO₂Me 4-OH OH

 86 3-CH₂CH₂CO₂Me 4-OH OH

 87

2-OMe OH

 88 4-CONHOH 2-OMe OH

 89 5-CONHOH 2-OMe OH

 90 5-CONHOMe 2-OMe OH

 91 5-CN 2-OMe OH

 92 5-tetrazolyl 2-OMe OH

 93 5-CONHSO₂Me 2-OMe OH

 94

OH

 95 5-B(OH)₂ 2-OMe OH

 96 5-COOH 2-OMe OH

 97 5-C(NH₂)═NOH 2-OMe OH

 98

2-OMe OH

 99

2-OMe OH

100

2-OMe OH

101

2-OMe OH

102 5-CONHMe 2-OMe OH

103 5-CONEt₂ 2-OMe OH

104

2-OMe OH

105

2-OMe OH

106

2-OMe OH

107

2-OMe OH

108

2-OMe OH

109

2-OMe OH

110

2-OMe OH

111 4-CH₂CH₂CO₂H 3-OH CH₃

112

2-OMe OH

113 5-CONHSO₂Phenyl 2-OMe OH

TABLE 2

Cmpd L Ring A R^(a) R² X R^(b) 114 —O—CH₂—

4-CH═CHCOO-3 Me

115 —O—CH₂—

4-CN H Me

116 —O—CH₂—

4-COOMe H Me

117 —O—CH₂—

4-CH═CHCOO-3 Me

118 —O—CH₂—

4-CN H OH

119 —O—CH₂—

4-COOMe H OH

120 —O—CH₂—

4-CH═CHCOO-3 OH

121 —O—CH₂—

4-COOMe H OH

122 —O—CH₂—

4-CH═CHCOO-3 OH

123 —O—CH₂—

4-COOH H Me

124 —O—CH₂—

4-COOH H Me

125 —O—CH₂—

4-COOH H OH

126 —O—CH₂—

4-COOH H OH

127 Absent

3-COOH H OH

128 Absent

3-COOH H OH

129 Absent

3-COOH H OH

130 Absent

3-COOH H OH

131 Absent

3-COOH H OH

132 Absent

4-COOH H OH

133 Absent

3-COOH 4-Cl OH

134 Absent

5-COOH 2-OMe OH

135 Absent

3-COOH 4-F OH

136 Absent

3-COOH 5-F OH

137 Absent

3-COOH H OH

138 Absent

2-COOH H OH

139 Absent

5-COOH 2-F OH

140 Absent

3-COOH 4-OMe OH

141 Absent

4-COOH 3-Cl OH

142 Absent

3-COOH H OH

143 Absent

4-COOH 3-Me OH

144 Absent

3-COOH 4-OH OH

145 Absent

3-CH₂COOH H OH

146 Absent

3-COOH 5-NO₂ OH

147 Absent

4-COOH 2-Cl OH

148 Absent

3-COOH H OH

149 Absent

3-COOH H OH

150 Absent

3-COOH H OH

151 Absent

3-CN H OH

152 Absent

3-tetrazoyl H OH

153 Absent

3-COOH H OH

154 —O—CH₂—

4-CN H Me

155 —O—CH₂—

4-COOMe H Me

156 Absent

3-CONHSO₂Me H OH

157 Absent

H OH

158 Absent

3-COOH H OH

159 Absent

3-COOH H OH

160 Absent

5-COOH 2-OMe OH

161 Absent

3-COOH H OH

162 Absent

3-COOH H OH

163 Absent

3-COOH H OH

164 Absent

3-SO₂OH H OH

165 Absent

3-COOH H OH

166 Absent

3-COOH H OH

167 Absent

H OH

168 Absent

3-COOH 2-Me OH

169 Absent

3-COOH 4-Cl OH

170 Absent

3-COOH 4-Cl Me

171 Absent

3-COOH 4-Cl Me

172 Absent

3-COOH 4-Cl OH

173 Absent

3-COOH H OH

TABLE 3

Cmpd L Ring B Ring A X R³ 174 —O—CH₂— 2-Pyridyl

Me

175 —O—CH₂— 2-Pyridyl

Me

176 —O—CH₂— 2-Pyridyl

OH

177 —O—CH₂— 2-Pyridyl

OH

178 Absent

OH

179 Absent

OH

180 Absent

OH

181 Absent

OH

182 —S—CH₂— 4-Pyridyl

Me

TABLE 4 Cmpd Structure 183

184

185

186

187

188

189

190

191

192

193

194

Further Forms of Compounds

In one aspect, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III), possesses one or more stereocenters and eachstereocenter exists independently in either the R or S configuration.The compounds presented herein include all diastereomeric, enantiomeric,and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. Thecompounds and methods provided herein include all cis, trans, syn, anti,entgegen (E), and zusammen (Z) isomers as well as the appropriatemixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, compounds described herein areprepared as their individual stereoisomers by reacting a racemic mixtureof the compound with an optically active resolving agent to form a pairof diastereoisomeric compounds/salts, separating the diastereomers andrecovering the optically pure enantiomers. In some embodiments,resolution of enantiomers is carried out using covalent diastereomericderivatives of the compounds described herein. In another embodiment,diastereomers are separated by separation/resolution techniques basedupon differences in solubility. In other embodiments, separation ofstereoisomers is performed by chromatography or by the formingdiastereomeric salts and separation by recrystallization, orchromatography, or any combination thereof. Jean Jacques, Andre Collet,Samuel H. Wilen, “Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions”, John WileyAnd Sons, Inc., 1981. In one aspect, stereoisomers are obtained bystereoselective synthesis.

In some embodiments, compounds described herein are prepared asprodrugs. A “prodrug” refers to an agent that is converted into theparent drug in vivo. Prodrugs are often useful because, in somesituations, they may be easier to administer than the parent drug. Theymay, for instance, be bioavailable by oral administration whereas theparent is not. The prodrug may also have improved solubility inpharmaceutical compositions over the parent drug. In some embodiments,the design of a prodrug increases the effective water solubility. Anexample, without limitation, of a prodrug is a compound describedherein, which is administered as an ester (the “prodrug”) to facilitatetransmittal across a cell membrane where water solubility is detrimentalto mobility but which then is metabolically hydrolyzed to the carboxylicacid, the active entity, once inside the cell where water-solubility isbeneficial. A further example of a prodrug might be a short peptide(polyaminoacid) bonded to an acid group where the peptide is metabolizedto reveal the active moiety. In certain embodiments, upon in vivoadministration, a prodrug is chemically converted to the biologically,pharmaceutically or therapeutically active form of the compound. Incertain embodiments, a prodrug is enzymatically metabolized by one ormore steps or processes to the biologically, pharmaceutically ortherapeutically active form of the compound.

In one aspect, prodrugs are designed to alter the metabolic stability orthe transport characteristics of a drug, to mask side effects ortoxicity, to improve the flavor of a drug or to alter othercharacteristics or properties of a drug. By virtue of knowledge ofpharmacokinetic, pharmacodynamic processes and drug metabolism in vivo,once a pharmaceutically active compound is known, the design of prodrugsof the compound is possible. (see, for example, Nogrady (1985) MedicinalChemistry A Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York,pages 388-392; Silverman (1992), The Organic Chemistry of Drug Designand Drug Action, Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, pages 352-401,Rooseboom et al., Pharmacological Reviews, 56:53-102, 2004; Aesop Cho,“Recent Advances in Oral Prodrug Discovery”, Annual Reports in MedicinalChemistry, Vol. 41, 395-407, 2006; T. Higuchi and V. Stella, Pro-drugsas Novel Delivery Systems, Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series).

In some cases, some of the herein-described compounds may be a prodrugfor another derivative or active compound.

In some embodiments, sites on the aromatic ring portion of compoundsdescribed herein are susceptible to various metabolic reactionsTherefore incorporation of appropriate substituents on the aromatic ringstructures will reduce, minimize or eliminate this metabolic pathway. Inspecific embodiments, the appropriate substituent to decrease oreliminate the susceptibility of the aromatic ring to metabolic reactionsis, by way of example only, a halogen, or an alkyl group.

In another embodiment, the compounds described herein are labeledisotopically (e.g. with a radioisotope) or by another other means,including, but not limited to, the use of chromophores or fluorescentmoieties, bioluminescent labels, or chemiluminescent labels.

Compounds described herein include isotopically-labeled compounds, whichare identical to those recited in the various formulae and structurespresented herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replacedby an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from theatomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopesthat can be incorporated into the present compounds include isotopes ofhydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, fluorine and chlorine, suchas, for example, ²H, ³H, ¹³C, ¹⁴C, ¹⁵N, ¹⁸O, ¹⁷O, ³⁵S, ¹⁸F, ³⁶Cl. In oneaspect, isotopically-labeled compounds described herein, for examplethose into which radioactive isotopes such as ³H and ¹⁴C areincorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distributionassays. In one aspect, substitution with isotopes such as deuteriumaffords certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolicstability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduceddosage requirements.

In additional or further embodiments, the compounds described herein aremetabolized upon administration to an organism in need to produce ametabolite that is then used to produce a desired effect, including adesired therapeutic effect.

“Pharmaceutically acceptable” as used herein, refers a material, such asa carrier or diluent, which does not abrogate the biological activity orproperties of the compound, and is relatively nontoxic, i.e., thematerial may be administered to an individual without causingundesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious mannerwith any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a formulation of acompound that does not cause significant irritation to an organism towhich it is administered and does not abrogate the biological activityand properties of the compound. In some embodiments, pharmaceuticallyacceptable salts are obtained by reacting a compound of Formula (I),(Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) with acids.Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are also obtained by reacting acompound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III)with a base to form a salt.

Compounds described herein may be formed as, and/or used as,pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The type of pharmaceutical acceptablesalts, include, but are not limited to: (1) acid addition salts, formedby reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceuticallyacceptable: inorganic acid, such as, for example, hydrochloric acid,hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid,and the like; or with an organic acid, such as, for example, aceticacid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid,glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid,malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, trifluoroacetic acid, tartaricacid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid,cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid,1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonicacid, toluenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid,4-methylbicyclo-[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic acid,4,4′-methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid), 3-phenylpropionicacid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuricacid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylicacid, stearic acid, muconic acid, butyric acid, phenylacetic acid,phenylbutyric acid, valproic acid, and the like; (2) salts formed whenan acidic proton present in the parent compound is replaced by a metalion, e.g., an alkali metal ion (e.g. lithium, sodium, potassium), analkaline earth ion (e.g. magnesium, or calcium), or an aluminum ion. Insome cases, compounds described herein may coordinate with an organicbase, such as, but not limited to, ethanolamine, diethanolamine,triethanolamine, tromethamine, N-methylglucamine, dicyclohexylamine,tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine. In other cases, compounds describedherein may form salts with amino acids such as, but not limited to,arginine, lysine, and the like. Acceptable inorganic bases used to formsalts with compounds that include an acidic proton, include, but are notlimited to, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide,sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like.

It should be understood that a reference to a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt includes the solvent addition forms, particularlysolvates. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometricamounts of a solvent, and may be formed during the process ofcrystallization with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water,ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, oralcoholates are formed when the solvent is alcohol. Solvates ofcompounds described herein can be conveniently prepared or formed duringthe processes described herein. In addition, the compounds providedherein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms. In general,the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms forthe purposes of the compounds and methods provided herein.

Synthesis of Compounds

In some embodiments, the synthesis of compounds described herein areaccomplished using means described in the chemical literature, using themethods described herein, or by a combination thereof. In addition,solvents, temperatures and other reaction conditions presented hereinmay vary.

In other embodiments, the starting materials and reagents used for thesynthesis of the compounds described herein are synthesized or areobtained from commercial sources, such as, but not limited to,Sigma-Aldrich, Fisher Scientific (Fisher Chemicals), and Acros Organics.

In further embodiments, the compounds described herein, and otherrelated compounds having different substituents are synthesized usingtechniques and materials described herein as well as those that arerecognized in the field, such as described, for example, in Fieser andFieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, Volumes 1-17 (John Wiley andSons, 1991); Rodd's Chemistry of Carbon Compounds, Volumes 1-5 andSupplementals (Elsevier Science Publishers, 1989); Organic Reactions,Volumes 1-40 (John Wiley and Sons, 1991), Larock's Comprehensive OrganicTransformations (VCH Publishers Inc., 1989), March, Advanced OrganicChemistry 4^(th) Ed., (Wiley 1992); Carey and Sundberg, Advanced OrganicChemistry 4^(th) Ed., Vols. A and B (Plenum 2000, 2001), and Green andWuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis 3^(rd) Ed., (Wiley 1999)(all of which are incorporated by reference for such disclosure).General methods for the preparation of compounds as disclosed herein maybe derived from reactions and the reactions may be modified by the useof appropriate reagents and conditions, for the introduction of thevarious moieties found in the formulae as provided herein. As a guidethe following synthetic methods may be utilized.

In the reactions described, it may be necessary to protect reactivefunctional groups, for example hydroxy, amino, imino, thio or carboxygroups, where these are desired in the final product, in order to avoidtheir unwanted participation in reactions. A detailed description oftechniques applicable to the creation of protecting groups and theirremoval are described in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in OrganicSynthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y., 1999, andKocienski, Protective Groups, Thieme Verlag, New York, N.Y., 1994, whichare incorporated herein by reference for such disclosure).

In some embodiments, compounds described herein are prepared as shown inSchemes A and B.

Commercially available carboxylic acids were converted to thecorresponding acyl chloride derivatives (9) using oxalyl chloride inCH₂Cl₂. After removal of solvents, the acyl chlorides were employed in aFriedel-Crafts acylation of substituted phenols (10) using aluminumchloride to provide the key acetophenone derivatives 11. The phenolderivatives (12) were coupled with 1,4-dibromobutane by heating withpotassium carbonate in acetonitrile to provide the correspondingbromobutoxybenzoate derivative (13). Finally, Finkelstein alkylation ofintermediate 11 with 13 under microwave conditions delivered the esterderivatives (14-17 & 18′-75′), which were saponified with potassiumhydroxide to provide the target carboxylic acid derivatives 18-75.

Commercially available resorcinol derivatives (200) and biphenylderivatives (201) were reacted under basic conditions to afford theester derivatives of 203 which were saponified to afford the acids 203.Alternatively, the commercially available resorcinol derivatives (200)were reacted with bromo-benzyl bromide derivatives (204a, Y═Br) or((bromomethyl)phenyl)boronic acid (204b, Y═B(OH)₂) followed by a Suzukicross coupling reaction of the intermediate 205a with borono benzoicacid derivatives (206b, Z═B(OH)₂) or 205b with bromo-benzoic acidderivatives (206a, Z═Br) to afford compounds 203.

It will be understood that the reactions shown above are illustrative.

In one aspect, compounds are synthesized as described in the Examplessection.

DEFINITIONS

In the following description, certain specific details are set forth inorder to provide a thorough understanding of various embodiments.However, one skilled in the art will understand that the invention maybe practiced without these details. In other instances, well-knownstructures have not been shown or described in detail to avoidunnecessarily obscuring descriptions of the embodiments. Unless thecontext requires otherwise, throughout the specification and claimswhich follow, the word “comprise” and variations thereof, such as,“comprises” and “comprising” are to be construed in an open, inclusivesense, that is, as “including, but not limited to.” Further, headingsprovided herein are for convenience only and do not interpret the scopeor meaning of the claimed invention.

As used in this specification and the appended claims, the singularforms “a,” “an,” and “the” include plural referents unless the contentclearly dictates otherwise. It should also be noted that the term “or”is generally employed in its sense including “and/or” unless the contentclearly dictates otherwise.

The terms below, as used herein, have the following meanings, unlessindicated otherwise:

“Oxo” refers to the ═O substituent.

“Thioxo” refers to the ═S substituent.

“Alkyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical,having from one to twenty carbon atoms, and which is attached to therest of the molecule by a single bond. An alkyl comprising up to 10carbon atoms is referred to as a C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, likewise, for example, analkyl comprising up to 6 carbon atoms is a C₁-C₆ alkyl. Alkyls (andother moieties defined herein) comprising other numbers of carbon atomsare represented similarly. Alkyl groups include, but are not limited to,C₁-C₁₀ alkyl, C₁-C₉ alkyl, C₁-C₈ alkyl, C₁-C₇ alkyl, C₁-C₆ alkyl, C₁-C₅alkyl, C₁-C₄ alkyl, C₁-C₃ alkyl, C₁-C₂ alkyl, C₂-C₈ alkyl, C₃-C₈ alkyland C₄-C₈ alkyl. Representative alkyl groups include, but are notlimited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, 1-methylethyl (i-propyl), n-butyl,i-butyl, s-butyl, n-pentyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (t-butyl), 3-methylhexyl,2-methylhexyl, 1-ethyl-propyl, and the like. In some embodiments, thealkyl is methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments, the alkyl is —CH(CH₃)₂ or—C(CH₃)₃. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, analkyl group may be optionally substituted as described below. “Alkylene”or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalenthydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group.In some embodiments, the alkylene is —CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂—, or —CH₂CH₂CH₂—. Insome embodiments, the alkylene is —CH₂—. In some embodiments, thealkylene is —CH₂CH₂—. In some embodiments, the alkylene is —CH₂CH₂CH₂—.

“Alkoxy” refers to a radical of the formula —OR where R is an alkylradical as defined. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, an alkoxy group may be optionally substituted asdescribed below. Representative alkoxy groups include, but are notlimited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy. In someembodiments, the alkoxy is methoxy. In some embodiments, the alkoxy isethoxy.

“Heteroalkylene” refers to an alkyl radical as described above where oneor more carbon atoms of the alkyl is replaced with a O, N or S atom.“Heteroalkylene” or “heteroalkylene chain” refers to a straight orbranched divalent heteroalkyl chain linking the rest of the molecule toa radical group. Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, the heteroalkyl or heteroalkylene group may be optionallysubstituted as described below. Representative heteroalkyl groupsinclude, but are not limited to —OCH₂OMe, —OCH₂CH₂OMe, or—OCH₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂NH₂. Representative heteroalkylene groups include, butare not limited to —OCH₂CH₂O—, —OCH₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂O—, or—OCH₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂OCH₂CH₂O—.

“Alkylamino” refers to a radical of the formula —NHR or —NRR where eachR is, independently, an alkyl radical as defined above. Unless statedotherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylamino group may beoptionally substituted as described below.

The term “aromatic” refers to a planar ring having a delocalizedπ-electron system containing 4n+2π electrons, where n is an integer.Aromatics can be optionally substituted. The term “aromatic” includesboth aryl groups (e.g., phenyl, naphthalenyl) and heteroaryl groups(e.g., pyridinyl, quinolinyl).

“Aryl” refers to an aromatic ring wherein each of the atoms forming thering is a carbon atom. Aryl groups can be optionally substituted.Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to phenyl, andnaphthalenyl. In some embodiments, the aryl is phenyl. Depending on thestructure, an aryl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e., anarylene group). Unless stated otherwise specifically in thespecification, the term “aryl” or the prefix “ar-” (such as in“aralkyl”) is meant to include aryl radicals that are optionallysubstituted.

“Carboxy” refers to —CO₂H. In some embodiments, carboxy moieties may bereplaced with a “carboxylic acid bioisostere”, which refers to afunctional group or moiety that exhibits similar physical and/orchemical properties as a carboxylic acid moiety. A carboxylic acidbioisostere has similar biological properties to that of a carboxylicacid group. A compound with a carboxylic acid moiety can have thecarboxylic acid moiety exchanged with a carboxylic acid bioisostere andhave similar physical and/or biological properties when compared to thecarboxylic acid-containing compound. For example, in one embodiment, acarboxylic acid bioisostere would ionize at physiological pH to roughlythe same extent as a carboxylic acid group. Examples of bioisosteres ofa carboxylic acid include, but are not limited to:

and the like.

“Cycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic non-aromatic radical,wherein each of the atoms forming the ring (i.e. skeletal atoms) is acarbon atom. Cycloalkyls may be saturated, or partially unsaturated.Cycloalkyls may be fused with an aromatic ring (in which case thecycloalkyl is bonded through a non-aromatic ring carbon atom).Cycloalkyl groups include groups having from 3 to 10 ring atoms.Representative cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, cycloakylshaving from three to ten carbon atoms, from three to eight carbon atoms,from three to six carbon atoms, or from three to five carbon atoms.Monocyclic cyclcoalkyl radicals include, for example, cyclopropyl,cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Insome embodiments, the monocyclic cyclcoalkyl is cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. In some embodiments, the monocycliccyclcoalkyl is cyclopentyl. Polycyclic radicals include, for example,adamantyl, norbornyl, decalinyl, and 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one.Unless otherwise stated specifically in the specification, a cycloalkylgroup may be optionally substituted.

“Fused” refers to any ring structure described herein which is fused toan existing ring structure. When the fused ring is a heterocyclyl ringor a heteroaryl ring, any carbon atom on the existing ring structurewhich becomes part of the fused heterocyclyl ring or the fusedheteroaryl ring may be replaced with a nitrogen atom.

“Halo” or “halogen” refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro or iodo.

“Haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical, as defined above, that issubstituted by one or more halo radicals, as defined above, e.g.,trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, trichloromethyl,2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1,2-difluoroethyl, 3-bromo-2-fluoropropyl,1,2-dibromoethyl, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically inthe specification, a haloalkyl group may be optionally substituted.

“Haloalkoxy” refers to an alkoxy radical, as defined above, that issubstituted by one or more halo radicals, as defined above, e.g.,trifluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy, fluoromethoxy, trichloromethoxy,2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 1,2-difluoroethoxy, 3-bromo-2-fluoropropoxy,1,2-dibromoethoxy, and the like. Unless stated otherwise specifically inthe specification, a haloalkoxy group may be optionally substituted.

“Heterocycloalkyl” or “heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic ring” refers to astable 3- to 14-membered non-aromatic ring radical comprising 2 to 13carbon atoms and from one to 6 heteroatoms selected from the groupconsisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Unless stated otherwisespecifically in the specification, the heterocycloalkyl radical may be amonocyclic, or bicyclic ring system, which may include fused (when fusedwith an aryl or a heteroaryl ring, the heterocycloalkyl is bondedthrough a non-aromatic ring atom) or bridged ring systems. The nitrogen,carbon or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclyl radical may be optionallyoxidized. The nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized. Theheterocycloalkyl radical is partially or fully saturated. Examples ofsuch heterocycloalkyl radicals include, but are not limited to,dioxolanyl, thienyl[1,3]dithianyl, decahydroisoquinolyl, imidazolinyl,imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, morpholinyl,octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl,2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl,piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl,thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, trithianyl, tetrahydropyranyl,thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl,1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl. The term heterocycloalkyl also includes allring forms of carbohydrates, including but not limited tomonosaccharides, disaccharides and oligosaccharides. Unless otherwisenoted, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 10 carbons in the ring. In someembodiments, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 8 carbons in the ring. Insome embodiments, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 8 carbons in the ringand 1 or 2 N atoms. It is understood that when referring to the numberof carbon atoms in a heterocycloalkyl, the number of carbon atoms in theheterocycloalkyl is not the same as the total number of atoms (includingthe heteroatoms) that make up the heterocycloalkyl (i.e. skeletal atomsof the heterocycloalkyl ring). Unless stated otherwise specifically inthe specification, a heterocycloalkyl group may be optionallysubstituted.

“Heteroaryl” refers to an aryl group that includes one or more ringheteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. The heteroaryl ismonocyclic or bicyclic. Illustrative examples of monocyclic heteroarylsinclude pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl,pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl,isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxadiazolyl,thiadiazolyl, furazanyl, indolizine, indole, benzofuran, benzothiophene,indazole, benzimidazole, purine, quinolizine, quinoline, isoquinoline,cinnoline, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline, 1,8-naphthyridine, andpteridine. Illustrative examples of monocyclic heteroaryls includepyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl,tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl,isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxadiazolyl,thiadiazolyl, and furazanyl. Illustrative examples of bicyclicheteroaryls include indolizine, indole, benzofuran, benzothiophene,indazole, benzimidazole, purine, quinolizine, quinoline, isoquinoline,cinnoline, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline, 1,8-naphthyridine, andpteridine. In some embodiments, heteroaryl is pyridinyl, pyrazinyl,pyrimidinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiadiazolyl or furyl. In someembodiments, a heteroaryl contains 0-4 N atoms in the ring. In someembodiments, a heteroaryl contains 1-4 N atoms in the ring. In someembodiments, a heteroaryl contains 0-4 N atoms, 0-1 O atoms, and 0-1 Satoms in the ring. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 1-4 Natoms, 0-1 O atoms, and 0-1 S atoms in the ring. In some embodiments,heteroaryl is a C₁-C₉heteroaryl. In some embodiments, monocyclicheteroaryl is a C₁-C₅heteroaryl. In some embodiments, monocyclicheteroaryl is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl. In someembodiments, a bicyclic heteroaryl is a C₆-C₉heteroaryl.

The term “optionally substituted” or “substituted” means that thereferenced group may be substituted with one or more additional group(s)individually and independently selected from alkyl, haloalkyl,cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocycloalkyl, —OH, alkoxy, aryloxy,alkylthio, arylthio, alkylsulfoxide, arylsulfoxide, alkylsulfone,arylsulfone, —CN, alkyne, C₁-C₆alkylalkyne, halogen, acyl, acyloxy,—CO₂H, —CO₂alkyl, nitro, and amino, including mono- and di-substitutedamino groups (e.g. —NH₂, —NHR, —N(R)₂), and the protected derivativesthereof. In some embodiments, optional substituents are independentlyselected from alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, halogen, —CN, —NH₂,—NH(CH₃), —N(CH₃)₂, —OH, —CO₂H, and —CO₂alkyl. In some embodiments,optional substituents are independently selected from fluoro, chloro,bromo, iodo, —CH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —CF₃, —OCH₃, and —OCF₃. In some embodiments,substituted groups are substituted with one or two of the precedinggroups. In some embodiments, an optional substituent on an aliphaticcarbon atom (acyclic or cyclic, saturated or unsaturated carbon atoms,excluding aromatic carbon atoms) includes oxo (═O).

The terms “co-administration” or the like, as used herein, are meant toencompass administration of the selected therapeutic agents to a singlepatient, and are intended to include treatment regimens in which theagents are administered by the same or different route of administrationor at the same or different time.

The terms “effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount,” asused herein, refer to a sufficient amount of an agent or a compoundbeing administered which will relieve to some extent one or more of thesymptoms of the disease or condition being treated. The result can bereduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of adisease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system. Forexample, an “effective amount” for therapeutic uses is the amount of thecomposition comprising a compound as disclosed herein required toprovide a clinically significant decrease in disease symptoms. Anappropriate “effective” amount in any individual case may be determinedusing techniques, such as a dose escalation study.

The term “pharmaceutical combination” as used herein, means a productthat results from the mixing or combining of more than one activeingredient and includes both fixed and non-fixed combinations of theactive ingredients. The term “fixed combination” means that the activeingredients, e.g. a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III) and a co-agent, are both administered to apatient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage. Theterm “non-fixed combination” means that the active ingredients, e.g. acompound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III)and a co-agent, are administered to a patient as separate entitieseither simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with no specificintervening time limits, wherein such administration provides effectivelevels of the two compounds in the body of the patient. The latter alsoapplies to cocktail therapy, e.g. the administration of three or moreactive ingredients.

The term “subject” or “patient” encompasses mammals. Examples of mammalsinclude, but are not limited to, humans. In one embodiment, the mammalis a human.

The terms “treat,” “treating” or “treatment,” as used herein, includealleviating, abating or ameliorating at least one symptom of a diseaseor condition, preventing additional symptoms, inhibiting the disease orcondition, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or condition,relieving the disease or condition, causing regression of the disease orcondition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, orstopping the symptoms of the disease or condition eitherprophylactically and/or therapeutically.

A “tautomer” refers to a proton shift from one atom of a molecule toanother atom of the same molecule. The compounds presented herein mayexist as tautomers. Tautomers are compounds that are interconvertible bymigration of a hydrogen atom, accompanied by a switch of a single bondand adjacent double bond. In bonding arrangements where tautomerizationis possible, a chemical equilibrium of the tautomers will exist. Alltautomeric forms of the compounds disclosed herein are contemplated. Theexact ratio of the tautomers depends on several factors, includingtemperature, solvent, and pH. Some examples of tautomericinterconversions include:

Administration and Pharmaceutical Composition

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are formulated intopharmaceutical compositions. Pharmaceutical compositions are formulatedin a conventional manner using one or more pharmaceutically acceptableinactive ingredients that facilitate processing of the active compoundsinto preparations that can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulationis dependent upon the route of administration chosen. A summary ofpharmaceutical compositions described herein can be found, for example,in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed(Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E.,Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa.1975; Liberman, H. A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical DosageForms, Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical DosageForms and Drug Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams &Wilkins 1999), herein incorporated by reference for such disclosure.

A pharmaceutical composition, as used herein, refers to a mixture of acompound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III)with other chemical components (i.e. pharmaceutically acceptableinactive ingredients), such as carriers, excipients, binders, fillingagents, suspending agents, flavoring agents, sweetening agents,disintegrating agents, dispersing agents, surfactants, lubricants,colorants, diluents, solubilizers, moistening agents, plasticizers,stabilizers, penetration enhancers, wetting agents, anti-foaming agents,antioxidants, preservatives, or one or more combination thereof. Thepharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound toan organism.

Pharmaceutical formulations described herein are administrable to asubject in a variety of ways by multiple administration routes,including but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g., intravenous,subcutaneous, intramuscular, intramedullary injections, intrathecal,direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intralymphatic, intranasalinjections), intranasal, buccal, topical or transdermal administrationroutes. The pharmaceutical formulations described herein include, butare not limited to, aqueous liquid dispersions, self-emulsifyingdispersions, solid solutions, liposomal dispersions, aerosols, soliddosage forms, powders, immediate release formulations, controlledrelease formulations, fast melt formulations, tablets, capsules, pills,delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatilerelease formulations, multiparticulate formulations, and mixed immediateand controlled release formulations.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) are administered orally.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) are administered topically. In suchembodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III) is formulated into a variety of topicallyadministrable compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions,gels, pastes, shampoos, scrubs, rubs, smears, medicated sticks,medicated bandages, balms, creams or ointments. In one aspect, thecompounds of Formula (I) are administered topically to the skin.

In another aspect, the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) are administered by inhalation.

In another aspect, the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) are formulated for intranasaladministration. Such formulations include nasal sprays, nasal mists, andthe like.

In another aspect, the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) are formulated as eye drops.

In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments in whichthe effective amount of the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) is: (a) systemically administered to themammal; and/or (b) administered orally to the mammal; and/or (c)intravenously administered to the mammal; and/or (d) administered byinhalation to the mammal; and/or (e) administered by nasaladministration to the mammal; or and/or (f) administered by injection tothe mammal; and/or (g) administered topically to the mammal; and/or (h)administered by ophthalmic administration; and/or (i) administeredrectally to the mammal; and/or (j) administered non-systemically orlocally to the mammal.

In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprisingsingle administrations of the effective amount of the compound ofFormula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), includingfurther embodiments in which (i) the compound is administered once; (ii)the compound is administered to the mammal multiple times over the spanof one day; (iii) continually; or (iv) continuously.

In any of the aforementioned aspects are further embodiments comprisingmultiple administrations of the effective amount of the compound ofFormula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III), includingfurther embodiments in which (i) the compound is administeredcontinuously or intermittently: as in a single dose; (ii) the timebetween multiple administrations is every 6 hours; (iii) the compound isadministered to the mammal every 8 hours; (iv) the compound isadministered to the mammal every 12 hours; (v) the compound isadministered to the mammal every 24 hours. In further or alternativeembodiments, the method comprises a drug holiday, wherein theadministration of the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III) is temporarily suspended or the dose of thecompound being administered is temporarily reduced; at the end of thedrug holiday, dosing of the compound is resumed. In one embodiment, thelength of the drug holiday varies from 2 days to 1 year.

In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) is administered in a local rather thansystemic manner.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) is administered topically. In someembodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III) is administered systemically.

In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of atablet. In other embodiments, pharmaceutical formulations of thecompounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or(III) are in the form of a capsule.

In one aspect, liquid formulation dosage forms for oral administrationare in the form of aqueous suspensions or solutions selected from thegroup including, but not limited to, aqueous oral dispersions,emulsions, solutions, elixirs, gels, and syrups.

For administration by inhalation, a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib),(II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) is formulated for use as an aerosol,a mist or a powder.

For buccal or sublingual administration, the compositions may take theform of tablets, lozenges, or gels formulated in a conventional manner.

In some embodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III) are prepared as transdermal dosage forms.

In one aspect, a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III) is formulated into a pharmaceutical compositionsuitable for intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intravenous injection.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) is be administered topically and can beformulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, suchas solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks,balms, creams or ointments.

In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) are formulated in rectal compositions suchas enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories,jelly suppositories, or retention enemas.

Methods of Dosing and Treatment Regimens

In one embodiment, the compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) are used in the preparation of medicamentsfor the treatment of diseases or conditions described herein. Inaddition, a method for treating any of the diseases or conditionsdescribed herein in a subject in need of such treatment, involvesadministration of pharmaceutical compositions that include at least onecompound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III)or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, active metabolite, prodrug, orsolvate thereof, in therapeutically effective amounts to said subject.

In certain embodiments, the compositions containing the compounds ofFormula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) areadministered for prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatments. In certaintherapeutic applications, the compositions are administered to a patientalready suffering from a disease or condition, in an amount sufficientto cure or at least partially arrest at least one of the symptoms of thedisease or condition. Amounts effective for this use depend on theseverity and course of the disease or condition, previous therapy, thepatient's health status, weight, and response to the drugs, and thejudgment of the treating physician. Therapeutically effective amountsare optionally determined by methods including, but not limited to, adose escalation clinical trial.

In prophylactic applications, compositions containing the compounds ofFormula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) areadministered to a patient susceptible to or otherwise at risk of aparticular disease, disorder or condition.

In certain embodiments, the dose of drug being administered may betemporarily reduced or temporarily suspended for a certain length oftime (i.e., a “drug holiday”).

Doses employed for adult human treatment are typically in the range of0.01 mg-5000 mg per day or from about 1 mg to about 1000 mg per day. Inone embodiment, the desired dose is conveniently presented in a singledose or in divided doses.

Combination Treatments

In certain instances, it is appropriate to administer at least onecompound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III)in combination with another therapeutic agent.

In one specific embodiment, a compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II),(IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) is co-administered with a secondtherapeutic agent, wherein the compound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib),(II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or (III) and the second therapeutic agentmodulate different aspects of the disease, disorder or condition beingtreated, thereby providing a greater overall benefit than administrationof either therapeutic agent alone.

For combination therapies described herein, dosages of theco-administered compounds vary depending on the type of co-drug(s)employed, on the specific drug(s) employed, on the disease or conditionbeing treated and so forth. In additional embodiments, whenco-administered with one or more other therapeutic agents, the compoundprovided herein is administered either simultaneously with the one ormore other therapeutic agents, or sequentially.

If administration is simultaneous, the multiple therapeutic agents are,by way of example only, provided in a single, unified form, or inmultiple forms.

In some embodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III) are administered to a mammal in combination withone or more additional neurodegenerative disease or disorder therapeuticagent. In some embodiments, the neurodegenerative disease or disorder isAlzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, or LouGehrig's Disease (Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis or ALS). In someembodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb),(IIc), or (III) are administered to a mammal in combination with one ormore additional therapeutic agent that alleviate the symptoms or sideeffects of a neurodegenerative disease or disorder. In some embodimentsthe symptoms or side effects a neurodegenerative disease or disorder aredementia, memory loss, dyskinesias, cognitive impairment, tremors,rigidity, slowness of movement, postural instability, involuntaryjerking or writhing movements (chorea), slow or abnormal eye movements,difficulty with the physical production of speech or swallowing,psychiatric disorders, muscle cramps and spasms, spasticity,constipation, fatigue, excessive salivation, excessive phlegm, pain,sleep problems, uncontrolled outbursts of laughing or crying.

In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an Alzheimer'sdisease therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the additionaltherapeutic agent is a cholinesterase inhibitor. In some embodiments,the cholinesterase inhibitor is donepezil, galantamine, or rivastigmine.In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is memantine. Insome embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is latrepirdine,idalopridine, or cerlapirdine.

In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a Parkinson'sdisease therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the additionaltherapeutic agent is levodopa. In some embodiments, the additionaltherapeutic agent is carbidopa-levodopa. In some embodiments, theadditional therapeutic agent is a Dopamine agonist. In some embodiments,the dopamine agonist is ropinirole, pramipexole, or rotigotine. In someembodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a MAO-B inhibitor. Insome embodiments, the MAO-B inhibitor is selegiline or rasagiline. Insome embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a catecholO-methyltransferase (COMT) inhibitor. In some embodiments, the COMTinhibitor is entacapone or tolcapone. In some embodiments, theadditional therapeutic agent is an Anticholinergic. In some embodiments,the anticholinergic is benztropine or trihexyphenidyl. In someembodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is amantadine.

In some embodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III) are administered to a mammal in combination withdeep brain stimulation.

In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a Huntington'sdisease therapeutic agent. In some embodiments, the additionaltherapeutic agent is tetrabenazine. In some embodiments, the additionaltherapeutic agent is an antipsychotic drug. In some embodiments, theantipsychotic drug is haloperidol, chlorpromazine, risperidone,olanzapine or quetiapine. In some embodiments, the additionaltherapeutic agent is amantadine, levetiracetam, or clonazepam. In someembodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is an antidepressant. Insome embodiments, the antidepressant is citalopram, fluoxetine, orsertraline. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is amood-stabilizing drug. In some embodiments, the mood-stabilizing drug isvalproate, carbamazepine, or lamotrigine.

In some embodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III) are administered to a mammal in combination withpsychotherapy, speech therapy, physical therapy or occupational therapy.

In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a Lou Gehrig'sDisease (Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis or ALS) therapeutic agent. Insome embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is riluzole. In someembodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is baclofen, diazepam,trihexyphenidyl or amitriptyline.

In some embodiments, compounds of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa),(IIb), (IIc), or (III) are administered to a mammal in combination withone or more additional neuropsychiatric disease or disorder therapeuticagent. In some embodiments, the neuropsychiatric disease or disorder isschizophrenia, anxiety, sleep disorder, eating disorder, psychosis, oraddictions.

In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is anantipsychotic. In some embodiments, the antipsychotic is aripiprazole,asenapine, clozapine, iloperidone, lurasidone, olanzapine, paliperidone,quetiapine, risperidone, ziprasidone, chlorpromazine, fluphenazine,haloperidol, or perphenazine. In some embodiments, the additionaltherapeutic agent is an antidepressant. In some embodiments, theantidepressant is a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) or aserotonin norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI). In some embodiments,the antidepressant is escitalopram, duloxetine, venlafaxine, orparoxetine. In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is ananti-anxiety medication. In some embodiments, the anti-anxietymedication is buspirone. In some embodiments, the additional therapeuticagent is a benzodiazepine. In some embodiments the benzodiazepine isalprazolam, chlordiazepoxide, diazepam, or lorazepam.

In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent is a medicationused to treat dependence. In some embodiments, the medication used totreat dependence is subozone, methadone, naloxone, or acamprosate.

EXAMPLES

The following examples are intended to illustrate but not limit thedisclosed embodiments.

All reactions were performed in oven-dried glassware under an atmosphereof argon with magnetic stirring. All solvents and chemicals used werepurchased from Sigma-Aldrich or Acros, and were used as received withoutfurther purification. Purity of compounds was established by liquidchromatography-mass spectroscopy (HPLC-MS) and was >95% for all testedcompounds. Silica gel column chromatography was carried out usingprepacked silica cartridges from RediSep (ISCO Ltd.) and eluted using anIsco Companion system. ¹H- and ¹³C-NMR spectra were obtained on a Jeol400 spectrometer at 400 MHz and 100 MHz, respectively. Chemical shiftsare reported in δ (ppm) relative to residual solvent peaks or TMS asinternal standards. Coupling constants are reported in Hz. Meltingpoints were obtained using a capillary melting point apparatus(MEL-TEMP®) and are uncorrected. High-resolution ESI-TOF mass spectrawere acquired from the Mass Spectrometry Core at The Sanford-BurnhamMedical Research Institute (Orlando, Fla.). HPLC-MS analyses wereperformed on a Shimadzu 2010EV LCMS using the following conditions:Kromisil C18 column (reverse phase, 4.6 mm×50 mm); a linear gradientfrom 10% acetonitrile and 90% water to 95% acetonitrile and 5% waterover 4.5 min; flow rate of 1 mL/min; UV photodiode array detection from200 to 300 nm.

General Methods for the Synthesis of mGlu2/3 Receptor PAMs.

General method A: To a stirred solution of methyl 4-hydroxybenzoate (1mmol, 1 equiv.) and 1,4-dibromobutane (3 mmol, 3 equiv.) in ACN,potassium carbonate (2 mmol, 2 equiv.) was added. The reaction mixturewas heated at reflux for 6 h at which time it was cooled to roomtemperature. The crude reaction mixture was diluted with CH₂Cl₂ andwashed twice with 5% aq. HCl (200 mL). The organic layers were collectedand washed twice with saturated NaHCO₃ solution (200 mL). The organiclayers were collected, dried over Na₂SO₄ and evaporated to dryness. To astirred solution of AlCl₃ (0.039 mol, 1 equivalent) in CH₂Cl₂ at 0° C.under nitrogen, the acyl chloride (0.039 mol, 1 equivalent) wasdissolved in CH₂Cl₂ and added dropwise to the stirred solution. Thephenol (0.039 mol, 1 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture, and thereaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over 12 h. The reactionwas quenched with HCl (5% aq.) and CH₂Cl₂ was added (50 mL). The organiclayer was separated and washed with saturated NaHCO₃ solution, thenbrine, and dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvents were removed by rotaryevaporation and the products were isolated by flash chromatography[SiO₂, hexanes: EtOAc (4:1)] and concentrated in vacuo. To a crimp topmicrowave vial was added the phenol (1 mmol, 1 equiv.), bromobutoxybenzoate (1 mmol, 1 equiv.), potassium carbonate (2 mmol, 2 equiv.),potassium iodide (0.1 mmol, 0.1 equiv.), all dissolved in ACN (0.2 M).The reaction mixture was heated in the microwave at 160° C. for 15 min.Following filtration and evaporation of solvents, the products wereisolated by flash chromatography or reverse phase HPLC and lyophilizedto provide the final compounds which were determined to be >95% pure byHPLC-UV, HPLC-MS, and ¹H NMR.

General method B: To a stirred solution of the product from “GeneralMethod A” (1 mmol, 1 equiv.) in dioxane at room temperature, KOH (6mmol, 6 equiv.) was added in water (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirredcontinuously for an additional 12 h. The reaction was quenched with HCl(5% aq.) and CH₂Cl₂ (50 mL) was added. The organic layer was separatedand dried over Na₂SO₄. The solvents were removed by rotary evaporationand the products were isolated by flash chromatography [SiO₂, hexanes:EtOAc (1:1)] or reverse phase HPLC and lyophilized to provide the finalcompounds which were determined to be >95% pure by HPLC-UV, HPLC-MS, and¹H NMR.

General method C: Potassium carbonate (1 mmol) was added to a solutionof appropriate resorcinol derivative (0.5 mmol), methyl3′-(bromomethyl)-biphenyl-3-carboxylate (0.5 mmol) and catalyticpotassium iodide in CH₃CN (5 mL). After stirring for 2 h at 80° C., theorganic phase was evaporated under reduced pressure and the crudematerial was partioned between water and CH₂Cl₂. The aqueous layer wasextracted with CH₂Cl₂ (3×15 mL). The organic layer was dried usingNa₂SO₄ and evaporated to give the ester derivatives in quantitativeyield. The crude ester derivative was used in the next step withoutfurther purification.

2M LiOH (0.25 mL g, 0.5 mmol) was added to a solution of the crudeproduct (0.5 mmol) in THF (5 mL). The reaction mixture was heated underreflux for 1 h and then cooled to room temperature and acidified withdil. HCl. The precipitated product was collected by filtration orfollowed a usual work up ethyl acetate to afford the crude product. Theproduct was purified by preparative HPLC using ACN:water as the solventsystem to afford the acid derivatives.

General method D: Potassium carbonate (2.76 g, 20 mmol) was added to asolution of 1-(2,4-dihydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(2.23 g, 10 mmol) and 1-bromo-3-(bromomethyl)benzene (2.5 g, 10 mmol) inCH₃CN (100 mL). After stirring for 2 h at 80° C., the organic phase wasevaporated under reduced pressure and the crude material was partitionedbetween water and CH₂Cl₂. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH₂Cl₂(3×50 mL). The organic phase was dried using Na₂SO₄ and evaporated togive1-(4-(3-bromobenzyloxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(3.87 g, 98%). The crude product was used for the next step withoutfurther purification. LC-MS m/z calcd for C₂₀H₂₃BrO₃ [M+H]⁺: 391.08.Found: 391.00.

A mixture of1-(4-(3-bromobenzyloxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.100 g, 0.25 mmol), boronic acid (0.0.375 mmol) and Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.028mg, 0.025 mmol) were taken in DME (2 mL). To this solution was added 2MNa₂CO₃ (0.5 mL) and the resulting mixture was heated at reflux under anatmosphere of N₂ for 1 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to roomtemperature, diluted with water and neutralized using 1M HCl. A usualwork up with ethyl acetate followed by preparative HPLC yielded thedesired compounds.

General method E: To a solution of1-(2,4-dihydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one (0.454 g, 2mmol) in ACN (20 mL), K₂CO₃ (0.552 g, 4 mmol) and3-(bromomethyl)phenylboronic acid (0.516 mg, 2.4 mmol) were added andrefluxed for 3 h. The reaction mixture was filtered and solvent wasevaporated in vacuo to obtain3-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)phenylboronicacid as a yellow solid (0.659 g, 93%). The crude product was used forthe next step without further purification. LC-MS m/z calcd forC₂₀H₂₅BO₅ [M+H]⁺: 357.18. Found: 357.00.

A mixture of3-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)phenylboronicacid (0.200 g, 0.56 mmol), 3-iodo-4-methylbenzoic acid (0.84 mmol) andPd(PPh₃)₄(0.064 g, 0.056 mmol) were dissolved in DME (2 mL). To thissolution was added 2M Na₂CO₃ (1.12 mL) and the resulting mixture washeated at reflux under an atmosphere of N₂ for 1 h. The reaction mixturewas cooled to room temperature, diluted with water and neutralized using1M HCl. A usual work up with ethyl acetate followed by preparative HPLCyielded the desired compound.

Compounds 5 and 6 were synthesized according to published procedures(Cube, R. V. et al. Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett. 2005, 15, 2389-2393). Thefollowing compounds were prepared using the general procedures A-E fromthe appropriate starting materials.

Example 1 Methyl4-(4-(2,3-dimethyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)butoxy)benzoate (Compound14)

Prepared according to general procedure A. Colorless solid (0.070 g,17%); mp 55-57° C. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.86 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.17-6.94(m, 4H), 4.05 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.80 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),2.81 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 1H),1.88-1.84 (m, 4H), 0.93 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃): δ 203.3,166.8, 162.7, 155.5, 142.3, 132.2, 131.5, 130.6, 125.7, 125.4, 122.5,114.0, 75.1, 67.7, 51.8, 51.7, 26.9, 25.9, 25.1, 22.63, 20.0, 12.3.ESI-MS m/z 413 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₅H₃₂O₅[M+H]⁺: 413.2323.Found: 413.2256.

Example 2 Methyl4-(4-(4-(2-cyclopentylacetyl)-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)butoxy)benzoate(Compound 15)

Prepared according to general procedure A. Colorless solid (0.039 g,9%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.87 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 7.17 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),7.00-6.97 (m, 3H), 4.05 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.80 (t, J=5.9Hz, 2H), 2.95 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.29 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.21-2.10(m, 1H), 1.99-1.89 (m, 4H), 1.80-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.46 (m, 4H),1.14-1.01 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃): δ 203.3, 166.8, 162.7, 155.5, 142.3,132.2, 131.5, 130.6, 126.9, 126.2, 114.0, 74.7, 67.7, 51.8, 49.0, 36.1,32.7, 26.9, 25.9, 24.9, 20.0, 12.3. ESI-MS m/z 439 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/zcalcd for C₂₇H₃₄O₅[M+H]⁺: 439.2479. Found: 439.2419.

Example 3 Methyl4-(4-(3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)butoxy)benzoate(Compound 16)

Prepared according to general procedure A. Colorless solid (0.112 g,27%); mp 72-74° C. ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.98-7.96 (m, 2H), 7.58 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 6.90-6.88 (m, 2H), 6.41 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.03 (m, 4H),3.86 (s, 3H), 2.76 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.20-2.15 (m, 1H), 2.09 (s, 3H),1.96-1.94 (m, 4H), 0.97 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃): δ 205.1,166.8, 162.6, 162.5, 162.3, 131.5, 129.3, 122.5, 114.0, 113.7, 102.4,67.7, 67.5, 51.8, 46.8, 26.9, 26.8, 25.9, 22.7, 7.6. ESI-MS m/z 415[M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₄H₃₀O₆[M+H]⁺: 415.2115. Found: 415.2137.

Example 4 Methyl4-(4-(4-(2-cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)benzoate(Compound 17)

Prepared according to general procedure A. Colorless solid (0.277 g,63%). ¹H NMR (CDCl₃): δ 7.86 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.79 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H),6.90 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 6.61 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.09 (m, 4H), 3.87(s, 3H), 2.90 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.35-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.96 (s, 3H),1.94-1.92 (m, 4H), 1.85-1.76 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.47 (m, 4H), 1.87-1.19 (m,2H). ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃): δ205.3, 162.6, 162.5, 162.3, 131.6, 129.2, 122.5,114.0, 113.8, 113.7, 102.4, 67.7, 67.5, 51.8, 44.0, 36.8, 32.6, 25.9,24.8, 7.6. ESI-MS m/z 441 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₆H₃₂O₆ [M+H]⁺:441.2272. Found: 441.2278.

Example 5 4-(4-(2,3-Dimethyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)butoxy)benzoicacid (Compound 18)

Colorless solid (0.159 g, 40%). ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.84 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H),7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 3H), 4.11 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 2H),3.75 (t, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 2.78 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s,3H), 2.02-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.80 (m, 4H), 0.86 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H). ¹³CNMR (DMSO): δ 203.6, 167.0, 162.1, 155.1, 142.1, 131.7, 131.3, 130.4,125.9, 125.2, 123.1, 114.2, 74.5, 67.5, 51.1, 27.2, 26.3, 25.3, 24.5,22.3, 20.0, 12.0. ESI-MS m/z 399 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₄H₃₀O₅[M+H]⁺: 399.2166. Found: 399.2191.

Example 64-(4-(4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)butoxy)benzoic acid(Compound 19)

Colorless solid (0.093 g, 22%). ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.83 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H),7.21 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 3H), 4.12 (t, J=Hz, 2H), 3.75(t, J=Hz, 2H), 2.90 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H),2.09-2.07 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.84 (m, 4H), 1.69-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.37 (m,4H), 1.04-0.98 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 207.8, 167.0, 162.3, 154.2,142.1, 131.4, 130.4, 125.8, 125.6, 122.9, 114.3, 74.1, 67.9, 49.3, 35.6,32.1, 25.6, 25.1, 24.5, 20.2, 12.1. ESI-MS m/z 425 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/zcalcd for C₂₆H₃₂O₅[M+H]⁺: 425.2323. Found: 425.2366.

Example 74-(4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)butoxy)benzoic acid(Compound 20)

Colorless solid (0.208 g, 52%); mp 153-155° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.84 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 6.60 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.06 (m, 4H), 2.79 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.10-2.08 (m,1H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.86 (m, 4H), 0.89 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR(DMSO): δ 206.2, 167.0, 162.5, 162.3, 161.4, 131.4, 130.4, 122.9, 114.3,113.5, 112.0, 103.4, 67.7, 67.5, 51.8, 44.0, 36.8, 32.6, 25.4, 22.4,7.6. ESI-MS m/z 401 [M+H]+. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₆[M+H]⁺: 401.1956.Found: 401.1966.

Example 84-(4-(4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)benzoicacid (Compound 21)

Colorless solid (0.192 g, 45%); mp 158-160° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ7.83-7.81 (m, 3H), 6.69 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.59 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H),4.11-4.08 (m, 4H), 2.97 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.22-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.96 (s,3H), 1.89-1.86 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.45-1.53(m, 2H), 1.15-1.12 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 207.8, 167.0, 162.5,162.3, 161.4, 131.6, 131.3, 122.9, 114.2, 112.8, 111.9, 103.8, 69.0,68.9, 43.8, 36.2, 31.1, 24.5, 22.4, 8.9. ESI-MS m/z 427 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/zcalcd for C₂₅H₃₀O₆[M+H]⁺: 427.2115. Found: 427.2120.

Example 9 3-(4-(2,3-Dimethyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)butoxy)benzoicacid (Compound 22)

Colorless solid (0.167 g, 42%). ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.49-7.46 (m, 2H),7.41-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.14 (m, 1H), 6.73-6.69 (m, 1H), 4.04-4.03 (m,4H), 2.74 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.87 (m,1H), 1.86-1.84 (m, 4H), 0.82 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.6,167.2, 162.9, 161.4, 158.6, 132.7, 131.4, 129.7, 124.7, 121.8, 119.8,114.2, 109.8, 74.2, 67.6, 51.7, 25.6, 25.3, 22.4, 24.1, 19.9, 19.8,12.0, 11.9. ESI-MS m/z 399 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₄H₃₀O₅[M+H]⁺:399.2166. Found: 399.2239.

Example 103-(4-(4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)butoxy)benzoic acid(Compound 23)

Colorless solid (0.114 g, 27%). ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.47-7.40 (m, 3H),7.19-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.97 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.73(t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 2.89 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.11-2.04(overlapping singlet and multiplets, 4H), 1.85-1.83 (m, 4H), 1.66-1.64(m, 2H), 1.48-1.39 (m, 4H), 1.04-1.01 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.6,167.2, 167.2, 158.2, 155.2, 141.9, 132.7, 131.4, 130.2, 129.7, 125.9,125.2, 121.8, 119.3, 114.5, 74.4, 67.6, 48.4, 35.5, 32.0, 26.3, 25.4,24.5, 20.0, 11.9. ESI-MS m/z 425 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₆H₃₂O₅[M+H]⁺: 425.2323. Found: 425.2383.

Example 113-(4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)butoxy)benzoic acid(Compound 24)

Colorless solid (0.148 g, 37%); mp 118-120° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.81 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.13 (m,1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 4.07 (t, J=5.9 Hz,2H), 2.81 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.11-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.86(m, 4H), 0.91 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.6, 167.2, 162.5,161.4, 158.6, 132.3, 130.4, 129.7, 121.6, 119.4, 114.5, 113.5, 112.0,103.4, 67.9, 67.3, 46.0, 25.6, 25.4, 22.5, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 401 [M+H]⁺.HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₆[M+H]⁺: 401.1959. Found: 401.1967.

Example 123-(4-(4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)benzoicacid (Compound 25)

Colorless solid (0.230 g, 54%); 125-127° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.76 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.41-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.12 (m,1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.08-4.03 (m, 4H), 2.94 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H),2.17-2.16 (m, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.87-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.71-1.68 (m, 2H),1.55-1.42 (m, 4H), 1.12-1.09 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.8, 162.5,161.3, 158.6, 132.3, 130.3, 129.7, 121.6, 119.4, 114.6, 113.3, 112.0,103.3, 67.9, 67.4, 43.6, 36.3, 32.1, 25.4, 24.5, 7.5. 167.2, ESI-MS m/z427 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₅H₃₀O₆[M+H]⁺: 427.2115. Found:427.2122.

Example 13 2-(4-(2,3-Dimethyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)butoxy)benzoicacid (Compound 26)

Colorless solid (0.207 g, 52%); mp 48-50° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.58 (d,J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.11-6.99 (m, 3H), 6.73-6.68 (m,1H), 4.09-4.04 (m, 4H), 2.77 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s,3H), 2.01-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.86 (m, 4H), 0.86 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 6H). ¹³CNMR (DMSO): δ 205.8, 167.4, 157.5, 156.5, 137.2, 133.0, 130.7, 125.9,121.9, 120.1, 113.5, 109.3, 67.9, 67.4, 51.2, 48.7, 25.6, 24.6, 22.4,19.8, 12.1, 11.5. ESI-MS m/z 399 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₄H₃₀O₅[M+H]⁺: 399.2166. Found: 399.2284.

Example 142-(4-(4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)butoxy)benzoic acid(Compound 27)

Colorless solid (0.199 g, 47%); mp 90-92° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.59 (d,J=7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.46-7.44 (m, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (t, J=7.8Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.05-4.04 (m, 4H), 2.79 (d, J=6.9 Hz,2H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.19 (s, 3H), 2.11-2.04 (m, 1H) 1.89-1.86 (m, 4H),1.66-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.40 (m, 4H), 1.05-1.02 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO):δ 204.1, 167.5, 158.1, 157.4, 136.7, 132.8, 132.2, 130.6, 127.4, 125.5,121.7, 120.0, 113.4, 107.9, 67.8, 67.5, 47.6, 36.1, 32.0, 25.5, 24.5,16.5, 11.5. ESI-MS m/z 425 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₆H₃₂O₅[M+H]⁺:425.2323. Found: 425.2357.

Example 152-(4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)butoxy)benzoic acid(Compound 28)

Colorless solid (0.164 g, 41%); mp 101-103° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.78 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.41 (m, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=8.3Hz, 1H), 6.95 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.07 (m,4H), 2.79 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.09-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.86(m, 4H), 0.90 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (CDCl₃): δ 205.6, 167.4, 162.5,161.3, 157.4, 132.9, 130.6, 130.3, 121.6, 120.0, 113.4, 111.9, 103.3,67.9, 67.8, 45.8, 36.3, 25.4, 22.4, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 401 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/zcalcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₆[M+H]⁺: 401.1959. Found: 401.1990.

Example 162-(4-(4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)benzoicacid (Compound 29)

Colorless solid (0.158 g, 37%); mp 93-95° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.78 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.11(m, 4H), 2.98 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.23-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.97 (s, 3H),1.92-1.87 (m, 4H), 1.75-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.47 (m, 4H), 1.15-1.11 (m,2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.8, 167.4, 162.5, 161.3, 157.4, 132.9, 130.6,130.3, 121.6, 120.0, 113.4, 113.2, 103.3, 111.9, 67.8, 67.9, 43.9, 36.3,32.0, 25.6, 24.4, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 427 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₅H₃₀O₆[M+H]⁺: 427.2115. Found: 427.2235.

Example 172-Chloro-4-(4-(2,3-dimethyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)butoxy)benzoicacid (Compound 30)

Colorless solid (0.078 g, 18%); mp 77-79° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.72-7.68(m, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.91-4-6.91 (m, 3H), 4.06-4.03 (m, 4H),2.62 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.86 (m, 4H),1.74-1.72 (m, 1H), 0.78 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 204.1,167.5, 162.0, 155.6, 143.3, 134.1, 133.9, 131.8, 131.7, 126.0, 125.9,122.3, 117.1, 113.8, 75.8, 69.9, 51.7, 26.1, 25.8, 25.2, 22.8, 20.6,12.5. ESI-MS m/z 433 [M+H]+. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₄H₂₉ClO₅ [M+H]⁺:433.1776. Found: 433.1799.

Example 182-Chloro-4-(4-(4-(2-cyclopentylacetyl)-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)butoxy)benzoicacid (Compound 31)

Colorless solid (0.115 g, 25%); mp 97-99° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.68 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (s, 1H), 6.88 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 6.74 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.07-4.03 (m, 4H), 2.71 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H),2.10 (s, 3H), 1.98-1.94 (m, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.79-1.77 (m, 4H),1.66-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.40 (m, 4H), 1.05-1.02 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO):δ 205.8, 166.0, 162.5, 161.4, 133.2, 130.4, 122.3, 116.6, 113.5, 111.7,103.4, 68.0, 67.8, 46.0, 26.1, 25.6, 25.3, 25.1, 22.5, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z459 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₆H₃₁ClO₅ [M+H]⁺: 459.1933. Found:459.1942.

Example 192-Chloro-4-(4-(3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)butoxy)benzoicacid (Compound 32)

Colorless solid (0.191 g, 44%); mp 113-115° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.78 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=9.2 Hz,1H), 4.10-4.08 (m, 4H), 2.80 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.13-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.92(s, 3H), 1.89-1.86 (m, 4H), 0.90 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ205.8, 166.0, 162.5, 161.4, 133.2, 130.4, 122.3, 116.6, 113.5, 111.7,103.4, 68.0, 67.8, 46.0, 26.1, 25.6, 25.3, 25.1, 22.5, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z435 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₃H₂₇ClO₆ [M+H]⁺: 435.1569. Found:435.1563.

Example 202-Chloro-4-(4-(4-(2-cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)benzoicacid (Compound 33)

Colorless solid (0.168 g, 30%); mp 130-132° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.78 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz,1H), 4.10-4.08 (m, 4H), 2.95 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.21-2.19 (m, 1H), 1.94(s, 3H), 1.89-1.86 (m, 4H), 1.77-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.45 (m, 4H),1.13.1.10 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.8, 166.0, 162.5, 161.4, 133.2,130.4, 122.3, 116.6, 113.5, 111.7, 103.4, 68.0, 67.8, 46.0, 26.1, 25.6,25.3, 25.1, 22.5, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 461 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₅H₂₉ClO₆ [M+H]⁺: 461.1725. Found: 461.1721.

Example 215-(4-(2,3-Dimethyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)butoxy)-2-fluorobenzoicacid (Compound 34)

Colorless solid (0.133 g, 32%). ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.27-7.15 (m, 4H), 6.94(d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 3.98-3.68 (m, 4H), 2.71 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.19 (s,3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.05-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.81 (m, 4H), 0.80 (d, J=6.4Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 202.9, 155.2, 154.4, 142.2, 131.8, 130.5,126.0, 125.3, 120.6, 118.0, 117.7, 116.1, 74.5, 68.1, 51.1, 26.3, 25.5,24.6, 22.4, 20.1, 12.0. ESI-MS m/z 417 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₅H₂₉FO₅ [M+H]⁺: 417.2072. Found: 417.2116.

Example 225-(4-(4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)butoxy)-2-fluorobenzoicacid (Compound 35)

Colorless solid (0.177 g, 40%); mp 118-120° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.44 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.11 (m, 3H), 6.77 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 3.98-3.70 (m,4H), 2.77 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.02 (s,3H), 1.89-1.83 (m, 4H), 1.67-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.38 (m, 4H), 1.05-1.03(m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 204.0, 165.0, 158.1, 154.3, 136.8, 132.2,127.3, 125.6, 117.8, 117.6, 116.0, 107.9, 67.9, 67.4, 47.6, 36.1, 32.0,25.6, 24.5, 16.5, 11.4. ESI-MS m/z 443 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₆H₃₁FO₅ [M+H]⁺: 443.2228. Found: 443.2214.

Example 232-Fluoro-5-(4-(3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)butoxy)benzoicacid (Compound 36)

Colorless solid (0.188 g, 45%); mp 99-101° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.76 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.03 (m,4H), 2.78 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.87-1.84(m, 4H), 0.89 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.7, 165.0, 162.5,161.4, 154.4, 130.4, 121.3, 117.8, 116.0, 113.5, 112.0, 103.4, 67.9,67.8, 46.0, 25.6, 25.5, 22.5, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 419 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcdfor C₂₃H₂₇FO₆ [M+H]⁺: 419.1864. Found: 419.1863.

Example 245-(4-(4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-2-fluorobenzoicacid (Compound 37)

Colorless solid (0.208 g, 47%); mp 110-112° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.76 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 4.10-4.03 (m, 4H), 2.94 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.20-2.10 (m, 1H),1.94 (s, 3H), 1.87-1.84 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.44 (m, 4H),1.12-1.01 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 206.5, 165.0, 162.5, 161.3, 154.4,130.3, 121.3, 118.0, 117.8, 116.0, 113.3, 112.0, 103.3, 67.9, 67.8,44.0, 36.0, 32.1, 25.5, 25.4, 24.5, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 445 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/zcalcd for C₂₅H₂₉FO₆ [M+H]⁺: 445.2021. Found: 445.2027.

Example 253-{4-[3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy]butoxy}-4-methylbenzoicacid (Compound 38)

Colorless solid (0.277 g, 67%); mp 151-153° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.79 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.10 (m, 4H), 2.81 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.15 (s, 3H),2.13-2.12 (m, 1H), 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.91-1.89 (m, 4H), 0.90 (d, J=6.9 Hz,6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.8, 167.4, 162.5, 161.3, 157.4, 132.9, 130.6,130.3, 121.6, 120.0, 113.4, 113.2, 111.9, 103.3, 67.9, 67.8, 43.9, 36.3,32.0, 25.6, 24.4, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 415 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₄H₃₀O₆[M+H]⁺: 415.2115. Found: 415.2009.

Example 263-{4-[4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy]butoxy}-4-methylbenzoicacid (Compound 39)

Colorless solid (0.277 g, 63%). ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.79 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),7.42-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.20 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),4.16-4.08 (m, 4H), 2.95 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.23-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.15 (s,3H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.90 (m, 4H), 1.73-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.45 (m,4H), 1.17-1.14 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.8, 167.3, 162.4, 161.2,156.4, 131.3, 130.3, 129.6, 121.4, 113.2, 111.9, 111.2, 103.3, 67.8,67.2, 43.2, 36.3, 32.0, 25.4, 24.4, 16.1, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 441 [M+H]⁺.HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₆H₃₂O₆[M+H]⁺: 441.2272. Found: 441.2245.

Example 274-{4-[3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy]butoxy}-3-methylbenzoicacid (Compound 40)

Colorless solid (0.282 g, 68%); mp 125-127° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.78 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.73-7.71 (m, 1H), 7.67 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.96 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.10 (m, 4H), 2.80 (d, J=6.9 Hz,2H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.07 (m, 1H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.92-1.89 (m, 4H),0.89 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.7, 167.2, 162.4, 161.3,160.2, 131.5, 130.3, 129.2, 125.7, 122.3, 113.4, 111.9, 110.6, 103.3,67.8, 67.4, 45.9, 25.4, 22.4, 15.8, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 415 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/zcalcd for C₂₄H₃₀O₆[M+H]⁺: 415.2115. Found: 415.2084.

Example 284-{4-[4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy]butoxy}-3-methylbenzoicacid (Compound 41)

Colorless solid (0.273 g, 62%). ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.78 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H),7.73 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 6.95 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.12-4.08 (m, 4H), 2.94 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.20-2.01 (m,1H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.89 (m, 4H), 1.75-1.73 (m, 2H),1.55-1.44 (m, 4H), 1.13-1.01 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.8, 167.2,162.4, 161.2, 160.2, 131.5, 130.3, 129.2, 125.7, 122.3, 113.2, 111.9,110.6, 103.3, 67.8, 67.4, 43.2, 36.3, 32.0, 25.4, 24.4, 15.8, 7.4.ESI-MS m/z 441 [M+H]+. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₆H₃₂O₆[M+H]⁺: 441.2272.Found: 441.2270.

Example 293-Fluoro-4-{4-[3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy]butoxy}benzoicacid (Compound 42)

Colorless solid (0.188 g, 45%). ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.80 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H),7.70 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61-7.59 (m, 1H), 7.23 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.60(d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.13 (m, 4H), 2.81 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.20-2.10(m, 1H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.87 (m, 4H), 0.90 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 6H). ¹³CNMR (DMSO): δ 206.3, 166.7, 163.0, 161.8, 150.8, 130.9, 127.2, 117.1,114.7, 114.0, 112.5, 103.9, 69.0, 68.2, 46.5, 26.0, 25.7, 22.9, 8.0.ESI-MS m/z 419 [M+H]+. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₃H₂₇FO₆ [M+H]⁺: 419.1864.Found: 419.1848.

Example 304-{4-[4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy]butoxy}-3-fluorobenzoicacid (Compound 43)

Colorless solid (0.213 g, 48%); mp 160-162° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.79 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.70-7.76 (m, 1H), 7.60-7.58 (m, 1H), 7.22 (t, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.17-4.12 (m, 4H), 2.94 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H),2.20-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.92 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.87 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.69 (m, 2H),1.55-1.44 (m, 4H), 1.12-1.10 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 206.3, 166.7,162.9, 161.8, 150.8, 130.8, 127.2, 123.8, 117.0, 114.7, 113.8, 112.5,103.8, 69.0, 68.2, 43.8, 36.8, 32.6, 25.7, 25.0, 8.0. ESI-MS m/z 445[M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₅H₂₉FO₆ [M+H]⁺: 445.2021. Found: 445.2014.

Example 314-{4-[3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy]butoxy}-3-methoxybenzoicacid (Compound 44)

Colorless solid (0.301 g, 70%); mp 133-135° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.78 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.40 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.83(d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.12-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.88 (m, 4H),0.89 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.7, 167.1, 162.5, 161.3,151.9, 148.4, 130.3, 122.9, 113.4, 111.9, 103.3, 67.9, 67.8, 55.4, 45.9,25.4, 22.4, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 431 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₄H₃₀O₇[M+H]⁺: 431.2064. Found: 431.2061.

Example 324-{4-[4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy]butoxy}-methoxybenzoicacid (Compound 45)

Colorless solid (0.292 g, 64%). ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.80 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),7.50-7.49 (m, 1H), 7.39 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.60(d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.95 (d, J=6.9 Hz,2H), 2.21-2.19 (m, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.87 (m, 4H), 1.74-1.72 (m,2H), 1.56-1.45 (m, 4H), 1.14-1.12 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.8,167.1, 162.4, 161.2, 151.8, 148.4, 130.3, 123.1, 113.2, 112.1, 111.9,103.3, 67.9, 67.8, 55.5, 43.2, 36.3, 32.0, 25.5, 25.2, 24.4, 7.5. ESI-MSm/z 457 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₆H₃₂O₇[M+H]⁺: 457.2221. Found:457.2218.

Example 333-Chloro-4-{4-[3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy]butoxy}benzoicacid (Compound 46)

Colorless solid (0.252 g, 58%); mp 147-149° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ7.86-7.84 (m, 3H), 7.21 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),4.20-4.15 (m, 4H), 2.81 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.21-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.93 (s,3H), 1.92-1.89 (m, 4H), 0.90 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 206.0,166.6, 163.0, 161.8, 150.7, 130.9, 127.2, 117.1, 114.9, 114.0, 112.5,103.8, 69.0, 68.1, 46.3, 26.0, 25.8, 22.4, 8.0. ESI-MS m/z 435 [M+H]⁺.HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₃H₂₇ClO₆ [M+H]⁺: 435.1569. Found: 435.1557.

Example 343-Chloro-4-{4-[4-(2-cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy]butoxy}benzoicacid (Compound 47)

Colorless solid (0.253 g, 55%). ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.87-7.82 (m, 3H)),7.23 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.17 (m, 4H), 2.98(d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.23-2.21 (m, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.91 (m, 4H),1.76-1.74 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.44 (m, 4H), 1.18-1.15 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO):δ 206.0, 166.7, 162.9, 161.8, 151.0, 130.8, 127.2, 123.7, 117.0, 114.6,113.9, 112.5, 103.8, 69.1, 68.2, 43.7, 36.8, 32.7, 25.7, 25.1, 8.0.ESI-MS m/z 461 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₅H₂₉ClO₆ [M+H]⁺: 461.1725.Found: 461.1720.

Example 354-{4-[3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy]butoxy}-2-methylbenzoicacid (Compound 48)

Colorless solid (0.269 g, 65%): mp 136-138° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.79 (d,J=9.6 Hz, 2H), 6.78-6.76 (m, 2H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.06 (m,4H), 2.80 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.94 (s,3H), 1.86-1.84 (m, 4H), 0.89 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.7,168.0, 162.4, 161.3, 161.1, 142.1, 132.8, 130.3, 122.0, 117.2, 113.4,111.9, 111.5, 103.3, 67.7, 67.2, 45.9, 25.3, 22.4, 21.8, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z415 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₄H₃₀O₆[M+H]⁺: 415.2115. Found:415.2071.

Example 364-{4-[4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy]butoxy}-2-methylbenzoicacid (Compound 49)

Colorless solid (0.273 g, 62%). ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.78 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 2H),6.77-6.76 (m, 2H), 6.58 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.05 (m, 4H), 2.94 (d,J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 2.20-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.86-1.84(m, 4H), 1.74-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.56-1.45 (m, 4H), 1.13-1.01 (m, 2H). ¹³CNMR (DMSO): δ 205.8, 168.0, 162.4, 161.1, 142.1, 132.8, 130.3, 129.6,122.0, 117.2, 113.2, 111.9, 111.5, 103.3, 67.7, 67.2, 43.2, 36.3, 32.0,25.2, 24.4, 21.8, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 441 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₆H₃₂O₆[M+H]⁺: 441.2272. Found: 441.2248.

Example 373-{4-[3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy]butoxy}-4-methoxybenzoicacid (Compound 50)

Colorless solid (0.254 g, 59%); mp 143-145° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.80 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.04 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 3H),2.81 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.10-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.84 (m,4H), 0.90 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.7, 167.1, 162.5,161.3, 152.7, 147.5, 130.3, 123.0, 113.4, 111.9, 111.1, 103.3, 67.9,55.7, 45.9, 25.5, 22.4, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 431 [M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₄H₃₀O₇[M+H]⁺: 431.2064. Found: 431.2060.

Example 383-{4-[4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy]butoxy}-4-methoxybenzoicacid (Compound 51)

Colorless solid (0.273 g, 60%). ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.80 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),7.51 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H),6.60 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.04 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.95 (d, J=6.9Hz, 2H), 2.21-2.10 (m, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.84 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.69(m, 2H), 1.56-1.45 (m, 4H), 1.14-1.12 (m, 2H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 205.8,167.1, 162.4, 161.2, 152.7, 147.5, 130.3, 123.1, 113.2, 111.9, 111.1,103.3, 67.9, 55.7, 43.2, 36.3, 32.0, 25.4, 24.4, 7.5. ESI-MS m/z 457[M+H]⁺. HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₆H₃₂O₇[M+H]⁺: 457.2221. Found: 457.2224.

Example 394-(4-(4-Acetyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-3-methoxybenzoic acid(Compound 52)

Colorless solid (0.255 g, 58%); mp 138-140° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.75 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=8.2 Hz,1H), 6.62 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.53 (s,3H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.87 (m, 4H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 204.4, 167.7,163.1, 161.5, 152.3, 148.9, 131.4, 123.6, 11.0, 112.6, 112.4, 112.3,103.9, 68.5, 68.3, 55.9, 26.9, 26.0, 25.7, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd forC₂₁H₂₄O₇[M+H]⁺: 389.15. Found: 389.05. HRMS (ESI) calcd forC₂₁H₂₄O₇[M+H]⁺: 389.1595. Found: 389.1587.

Example 403-(4-(4-Acetyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxybenzoic acid(Compound 53)

Colorless solid (0.264 g, 68%); mp 135-136° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.76 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 6.60 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.53 (s,3H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.92-1.88 (m, 4H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 204.3, 167.6,163.1, 161.5, 153.3, 148.0, 131.4, 123.7, 123.5, 114.0, 113.7, 112.3,111.7, 103.9, 68.4, 56.2, 26.8, 25.9, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd forC₂₁H₂₄O₇[M+H]⁺: 389.15. Found: 389.00. HRMS (ESI) calcd forC₂₁H₂₄O₇[M+H]⁺: 389.1595. Found: 389.1585.

Example 413-(4-(4-Acetyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-2-methylbenzoic acid(Compound 54)

Colorless solid (0.204 g, 55%); mp 140-142° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.73 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d,J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.02 (m, 4H), 2.52 (s, 3H),2.28 (s, 3H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.87 (m, 4H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ204.3,169.7, 163.0, 161.5, 157.4, 133.2, 131.4, 127.1, 126.7, 121.9, 114.8,114.0, 112.3, 103.8, 68.3, 68.1, 26.8, 25.9, 13.1, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI)calcd for C₂₁H₂₄FO₆ [M+H]⁺: 373.16. Found: 373.00. HRMS (ESI) calcd forC₂₁H₂₄O₆[M+Na]⁺: 395.1465. Found: 395.1464.

Example 425-(4-(4-Acetyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-2-fluorobenzoic acid(Compound 55)

Colorless solid (0.229 g, 0.253 g, 61%); mp 102-104° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ7.75 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),4.11-4.03 (m, 4H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.92-1.86 (m, 4H). ¹³CNMR (DMSO): δ 204.3, 165.4, 163.0, 161.5, 154.8, 154.6, 131.4, 118.4,118.2, 116.5, 114.0, 112.3, 103.8, 68.3, 26.9, 25.8, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI)calcd for C₂₀H₂₁FO₆ [M+H]⁺: 377.13. Found: 377.00. HRMS (ESI) calcd forC₂₀H₂₁FO₆ [M+H]⁺: 377.1395. Found: 377.1395.

Example 434-(4-(4-Acetyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylbenzoic acid(Compound 56)

Colorless solid (0.201 g, 54%); mp 188-190° C. 1H NMR (DMSO): δ7.70-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.64 (s, 1H), 6.93 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (d, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 4.09-4.04 (m, 4H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 1.89 (s, 3H),1.88-1.86 (m, 4H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 204.4, 167.7, 163.0, 161.5, 160.8,132.0, 131.4, 129.7, 126.2, 122.8, 114.0, 112.3, 112.2, 108.8, 68.3,67.9, 26.8, 25.9, 25.8, 16.4, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₁H₂₄O₆[M+H]⁻:373.16. Found: 373.00. HRMS (ESI) calcd for C₂₁H₂₄O₆[M+Na]⁺: 395.1465.Found: 395.1463.

Example 444-(4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-propionylphenoxy)butoxy)-3-methoxybenzoicacid (Compound 57)

Colorless solid (0.253 g, 63%); mp 128-130° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.80 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (s, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 6.60 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.99 (q,J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.88 (m, 4H), 1.07 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 206.8, 162.9, 161.5, 152.3, 148.9, 130.5, 123.6,113.5, 112.6, 112.4, 103.9, 98.5, 68.5, 66.9, 66.2, 60.6, 60.0, 31.1,26.0, 25.7, 8.9, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₂H₂₆O₇[M+H]⁺: 403.17.Found: 403.00. HRMS (ESI) calcd for C₂₂H₂₆O₇[M+Na]⁺: 425.1571. Found:425.1568.

Example 453-(4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-propionylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxybenzoicacid (Compound 58)

Colorless solid (0.293 g, 73%); mp 120-122° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.77 (d,J=8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 6.60 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.98 (q,J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.88 (m, 4H), 1.05 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H).¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 206.8, 167.7, 162.9, 161.5, 153.3, 148.0, 130.4,123.7, 113.7, 113.4, 112.4, 111.6, 103.8, 68.5, 68.4, 56.2, 30.6, 25.5,25.4, 8.9, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₂H₂₆O₇[M+H]⁺: 403.17. Found:403.35. HRMS (ESI) calcd for C₂₂H₂₆O₇[M+Na]⁺: 425.1571. Found: 425.1569.

Example 463-(4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-propionylphenoxy)butoxy)-2-methylbenzoic acid(Compound 59)

Colorless solid (0.228 g, 59%); 103-105° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.77 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.12-4.02 (m, 4H), 3.00 (q, J=7.3Hz, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.89 (m, 4H), 1.05 (t, J=7.4Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 206.8, 169.7, 162.8, 161.5, 157.4, 133.2,130.4, 127.1, 126.8, 121.9, 114.8, 113.5, 112.4, 103.8, 63.3, 31.8,24.6, 13.1, 8.9, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₂H₂₆O₆[M+H]⁺: 387.17.Found: 387.05. HRMS (ESI) calcd for C₂₂H₂₆O₆[M+H]⁺: 387.1802. Found:387.1802.

Example 472-Fluoro-5-(4-(3-hydroxy-2-methyl-4-propionylphenoxy)butoxy)benzoic acid(Compound 60)

Colorless solid (0.254 g, 65%); mp 123-125° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.76 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.26-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.02 (m,4H), 2.98 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.86 (m, 4H), 1.05 (t,J=7.3 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 206.8, 165.5, 162.8, 161.5, 154.8,154.6, 130.4, 118.4, 116.5, 113.5, 112.4, 103.8, 68.3, 31.1, 25.8, 8.9,8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₁H₂₃FO₆ [M+H]⁺: 391.15. Found: 391.00. HRMS(ESI) calcd for C₂₁H₂₃FO₆ [M+Na]⁺: 413.1371. Found: 413.1366.

Example 484-(4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-propionylphenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylbenzoic acid(Compound 61)

Colorless solid (0.205 g, 53%); mp 178-180° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ7.80-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.10 (m, 4H), 3.02 (q, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 1.96(s, 3H), 1.95-1.92 (m, 4H), 1.08 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ206.8, 167.7, 162.8, 161.5, 160.8, 132.0, 130.5, 129.7, 126.2, 122.8,113.5, 112.4, 111.2, 103.8, 68.3, 67.9, 31.1, 25.9, 25.8, 16.4, 8.9,8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₂H₂₆O₆[M+H]⁺: 387.17. Found: 387.05. HRMS(ESI) calcd for C₂₂H₂₆O₆[M+Na]⁺: 409.1622. Found: 409.1625.

Example 494-(4-(3-Hydroxy-4-isobutyryl-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-3-methoxybenzoicacid (Compound 62)

Colorless solid (0.283 g, 68%); 118-120° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.84 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.2 Hz,1H), 6.61 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 3.74-3.63(m, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.88 (m, 4H), 1.09 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H). ¹³CNMR (DMSO): δ 210.3, 167.6, 163.0, 162.3, 152.4, 148.9, 130.5, 123.6,123.5, 112.7, 112.6, 112.4, 112.2, 103.9, 68.5, 56.0, 34.8, 26.0, 25.7,20.0, 8.1. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₇[M+H]⁺: 417.18. Found: 417.05.HRMS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₇[M+Na]⁺: 439.1727. Found: 439.1725.

Example 503-(4-(3-Hydroxy-4-isobutyryl-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxybenzoicacid (Compound 63)

Colorless solid (0.279 g, 67%); 82-84° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.84 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 6.61 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (brs, 2H), 4.07 (brs, 2H), 3.77 (s,3H), 3.74-3.63 (m, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.88 (brs, 4H), 1.08 (d, J=6.4 Hz,6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 210.2, 167.6, 163.0, 162.3, 153.3, 148.1, 130.4,123.7, 113.7, 112.7, 112.2, 111.7, 103.9, 68.4, 56.2, 26.0, 19.9, 8.1.LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₇ [M+H]⁺: 417.18. Found: 417.05. HRMS (ESI)calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₇[M+H]⁺: 417.1908. Found: 417.1895.

Example 513-(4-(3-Hydroxy-4-isobutyryl-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-2-methylbenzoicacid (Compound 64)

Colorless solid (0.264 g, 66%); mp 115-117° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.85 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d,J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.16-4.05 (m, 4H), 3.66-3.54 (m,1H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.91-1.88 (m, 4H), 1.10 (d, J=6.8 Hz,6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 210.2, 169.7, 162.9, 157.4, 133.2, 130.4, 127.1,126.8, 121.9, 114.8, 112.7, 112.2, 103.9, 68.3, 68.1, 34.3, 26.0, 19.9,13.1, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₆[M+H]⁺: 401.19. Found: 401.05.HRMS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₆[M+H]⁺: 401.1959. Found: 401.1948.

Example 522-Fluoro-5-(4-(3-hydroxy-4-isobutyryl-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)benzoicacid (Compound 65)

Colorless solid (0.234 g, 58%); mp 122-124° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.82 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.61 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.12-4.02 (m,4H), 3.64-3.46 (m, 1H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.86 (m, 4H), 1.08 (d, J=6.9Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 210.2, 165.5, 162.9, 162.3, 154.8, 154.6,130.5, 118.2, 116.4, 112.7, 112.2, 103.9, 68.3, 33.6, 25.8, 19.9, 8.0.LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₂H₂₅FO₆ [M+H]⁺: 405.16. Found: 405.00. HRMS(ESI) calcd for C₂₂H₂₅FO₆ [M+H]⁺: 405.1708. Found: 405.1705.

Example 534-(4-(3-Hydroxy-4-isobutyryl-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylbenzoicacid (Compound 66)

Colorless solid (0.224 g, 56%); mp 160-162° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.84 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.71 (m, 1H), 7.76 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H),6.61 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.09 (m, 4H), 3.71-3.61 (m, 1H), 2.12 (s,3H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.90 (m, 4H), 1.08 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 6H). ¹³C NMR(DMSO): δ 210.2, 167.7, 162.9, 162.3, 160.8, 132.0, 130.5, 129.7, 126.2,122.8, 1127, 112.3, 111.2, 103.9, 68.3, 67.9, 34.6, 25.9, 19.9, 16.4,8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₆[M+H]⁺: 401.19. Found: 401.05. HRMS(ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₆[M+Na]⁺: 423.1778. Found: 423.1778.

Example 54(4-(4-Butyryl-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-3-methoxybenzoic acid(Compound 67)

Colorless solid (0.270 g, 65%); mp 148-150° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.80 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.2 Hz,1H), 6.60 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.93 (t,J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.91-1.88 (m, 4H), 1.61-1.57 (m, 2H), 0.90(t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 206.4, 167.4, 162.9, 161.7, 152.4,148.9, 130.7, 123.6, 123.5, 112.5, 112.4, 103.8, 68.5, 68.3, 55.9, 26.0,25.7, 18.4, 14.1, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₇[M+H]⁺: 417.18.Found: 417.00. HRMS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₇[M+H]⁺: 417.1908. Found:417.1903.

Example 553-(4-(4-Butyryl-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxybenzoic acid(Compound 68)

Colorless solid (0.279 g, 67%); mp 129-131° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.79 (d,J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (s, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 6.63 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.99 (t,J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.96 (S, 3H), 1.89-1.86 (m, 4H), 1.63-1.61 (m, 2H), 0.92(d, J=7.6 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 206.4, 167.6, 162.9, 161.7, 153.3,148.0, 130.6, 123.7, 123.4, 113.6, 112.4, 111.6, 103.8, 68.44, 68.41,56.2, 26.0, 25.6, 18.4, 14.1, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₇[M+H]⁺:417.18. Found: 417.00. HRMS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₇[M+H]⁺: 417.1908.Found: 417.1896.

Example 563-(4-(4-Butyryl-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-2-methylbenzoic acid(Compound 69)

Colorless solid (0.244 g, 61%); mp 97-99° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.78 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d,J=7.8 8 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.02 (m, 4H), 2.92 (t,J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.86 (m, 4H), 1.61-1.57(m, 2H), 0.89 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 206.4, 169.6, 162.9,161.7, 157.4, 133.1, 130.6, 127.1, 126.8, 121.8, 114.8, 113.7, 112.5,103.8, 68.3, 68.2, 26.0, 18.4, 14.1, 13.1, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd forC₂₃H₂₈O₆[M+H]⁺: 401.19. Found: 401.05. HRMS (ESI) calcd forC₂₃H₂₈O₆[M+Na]⁺: 439.1727. Found: 439.1727.

Example 575-(4-(4-Butyryl-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-2-fluorobenzoic acid(Compound 70)

Colorless solid (0.255 g, 63%); mp 88-90° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.78 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.02 (m,4H), 2.92 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.87 (m, 4H), 1.61-1.59(m, 2H), 0.89 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 206.4, 165.4, 162.9,161.7, 154.8, 154.6, 130.6, 118.2, 116.4, 113.6, 112.4, 103.8, 68.3,25.8, 18.3, 14.1, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₂H₂₅FO₆ [M+H]⁺: 405.43.Found: 405.05. HRMS (ESI) calcd for C₂₂H₂₅FO₆ [M+Na]⁺: 427.1527. Found:427.1523.

Example 584-(4-(4-Butyryl-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylbenzoic acid(Compound 71)

Colorless solid (0.232 g, 58%); mp 161-163° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.79 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (s, 1H), 6.97 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 6.59 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.08 (m, 4H), 2.92 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 2H),2.12 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.88 (m, 4H), 1.63-1.61 (m, 2H), 0.89(t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ 206.4, 167.7, 162.9, 161.7, 160.8,132.0, 130.7, 129.7, 126.3, 122.8, 113.7, 112.5, 111.2, 103.9, 68.3,67.9, 26.1, 25.9, 18.4, 16.3, 14.1, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd forC₂₃H₂₈O₆[M+H]⁺: 401.19. Found: 401.05. HRMS (ESI) calcd forC₂₃H₂₈O₆[M+Na]⁺: 423.1778. Found: 423.1778.

Example 593-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxybenzoicacid (Compound 72)

Colorless solid (0.270 g, 61%); mp 140-142° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.84 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (s, 1H), 7.00 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s,2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.87 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ206.4, 167.6, 163.1, 162.1, 153.3, 148.1, 131.8, 123.7, 123.5, 114.9,113.6, 111.6, 103.6, 68.4, 56.2, 49.1, 32.1, 30.5, 26.0, 25.8, 8.0.LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₅H₃₂O₇[M+H]⁺: 445.21. Found: 445.00. HRMS (ESI)calcd for C₂₅H₃₂O₇[M+Na]⁺: 467.2040. Found: 467.2041.

Example 604-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-5-methoxycyclohexa-1,3-dienecarboxylicacid (Compound 73)

Colorless solid (0.258 g, 58%); mp 133-135° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.86 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J=10.1 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.01 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s,2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.87 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). ¹³C NMR (DMSO): δ206.4, 167.6, 163.1, 162.1, 152.4, 148.9, 131.8, 123.6, 114.9, 112.6,112.4, 103.6, 68.4, 55.9, 49.1, 32.1, 30.5, 26.0, 25.8, 8.0. LC-MS (ESI)calcd for C₂₅H₃₂O₇[M+H]⁺: 445.21. Found: 445.00. HRMS (ESI) calcd forC₂₅H₃₂O₇[M+Na]⁺: 467.2040. Found: 467.2045.

Example 613-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-2-methylbenzoicacid (Compound 74)

Colorless solid (0.278 g, 65%); mp 123-125° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.84 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d,J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.02 (m, 4H), 2.80 (s, 2H),2.28 (s, 3H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.90-1.87 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). ¹³C NMR(DMSO): δ 206.4, 169.7, 163.0, 162.1, 157.4, 131.1, 131.8, 127.1, 126.8,121.9, 114.9, 114.8, 112.4, 103.6, 68.3, 66.8, 49.1, 32.1, 30.4, 13.1,8.0. LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₅H₃₂O₇[M+H]⁺: 429.22. Found: 429.00. HRMS(ESI) calcd for C₂₅H₃₂O₆[M+Na]⁺: 451.2091. Found: 451.2093.

Example 625-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-2-fluorobenzoicacid (Compound 75)

Colorless solid (0.258 g, 60%); mp 130-132° C. ¹H NMR (DMSO): δ 7.83 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.13 (m, 3H), 6.57 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.02 (m,4H), 2.79 (s, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.86-1.85 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). ¹³CNMR (DMSO): δ 206.4, 165.5, 163.0, 162.1, 154.8, 154.6, 131.7, 121.2,118.5, 116.4, 114.9, 112.4, 103.6, 68.4, 66.8, 49.1, 32.2, 30.4, 8.0.LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₄H₂₉FO₆ [M+H]⁺: 433.19. Found: 433.00. HRMS(ESI) calcd for C₂₄H₂₉FO₆ [M+Na]⁺: 455.1840. Found: 455.1840.

Example 634-(4-(4-Acetyl-3-hydroxy-2-propylphenoxy)butoxy)-3-methoxybenzoic acid(Compound 190)

Colorless solid (0.198 g, 47%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.76 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=10.0 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.2 Hz,1H), 6.60 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.09 (m, 4H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.52 (s,3H), 2.46-2.42 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.86 (m, 4H), 1.41-1.37 (m, 2H), 0.79 (t,7.3 Hz, 3H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₇[M+H]⁺: 417.18. Found:417.05.

Example 644-(4-(4-Acetyl-3-hydroxy-2-propylphenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylbenzoic acid(Compound 191)

Colorless solid (0.204 g, 51%). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ 7.75-7.68 (m, 4H),6.96 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.11-4.08 (m, 4H), 2.52(s, 1H), 2.48-2.46 (m, 2H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.87 (m, 4H), 1.41-1.38(m, 2H), 0.80 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₈O₆ [M+H]⁺:401.19. Found: 401.05.

Example 653-(4-(4-(4,4-Dimethylpentanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxybenzoicacid (Compound 96)

Colorless solid (0.247 g, 54%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.80 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.50 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 6.99 (d, J=8.2 Hz,1H), 6.60 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.13-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.88 (t,J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.87 (m, 4H), 1.48 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 2H),0.87 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₆H₃₄O₇[M+H]⁺: 459.23. Found:459.00.

Example 663-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxybenzonitrile(Compound 91)

White solid (0.185 g, 40%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.87 (d, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.06 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz,1H), 4.13-4.05 (m, 4H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H),1.93-1.86 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₅H₃₁NO₅ [M+H]⁺:426.22. Found: 426.00.

Example 671-(2-Hydroxy-4-(4-(2-methoxy-5-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(Compound 92)

1-(2-Hydroxy-4-(4-(2-methoxy-5-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.230 g, 0.54 mmol), sodium azide (0.421 g, 6.48 mmol), and ammoniumchloride (0.347 g, 6.48 mmol) were taken in DMF (5 mL) and the resultingmixture was heated at 100° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture cooled toroom temperature and diluted with water. After extraction with EtOAc,the organic layer was washed with water and brine and dried over Na₂SO₄.The residue after rotary evaporation was purified by reverse phase HPLC.White solid (0.110 g, 43.5%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.87 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (m, 2H), 7.14 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz,1H), 4.15-4.10 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H),1.94-1.91 (m, 4H), 0.97 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₅H₃₂N₄O₅[M+H]⁺: 469.24. Found: 469.00.

Example 684-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-N-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzamide(Compound 88)

To a solution of4-(4-(4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-3-methoxybenzoicacid (0.050 g, 0.112 mmol) in DCM (2 mL), was added carbonyl diimidazole(0.020 g, 0.124 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 1 h. Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.012 g, 0.169 mmol)was added to the same reaction mixture and stirring was continued foranother 1 h after that time solvent was removed under reduced pressure.The crude product was purified by reverse phase HPLC. Colorless solid(0.027 g, 52.2%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 11.05 (s, 1H), 8.89 (s,1H), 7.90 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.33 (s, 2H), 7.00 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.62(d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.17-4.08 (m, 4H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.88 (s, 2H), 1.98(s, 3H), 1.97-1.90 (m, 4H), 1.01 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd forC₂₅H₃₃NO₇ [M+H]⁺: 460.23. Found: 460.00.

Example 693-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-N-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzamide(Compound 89)

Prepared in a similar manner described for4-(4-(4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-N-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzamide.Colorless solid (0.022 g, 42%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 11.05 (s,1H), 8.89 (s, 1H), 7.91 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (s, 2H), 7.01 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 6.64 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.80(s, 2H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.92-1.90 (m, 4H), 1.00 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI)calcd for C₂₆H₃₅NO₇ [M+H]⁺: 474.57 Found: 474.00.

Example 703-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-N,4-dimethoxybenzamide(Compound 90)

Prepared in a similar manner described for4-(4-(4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-N-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzamide.Colorless solid (0.043 g, 82%). ¹H NMR (DMSO-d₆): δ 11.58 (s, 1H), 7.90(d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.35 (s, 2H), 7.01 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.63 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 2.85 (s,2H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.93-1.90 (m, 4H), 1.00 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcdfor C₂₆H₃₅NO₇ [M+H]⁺: 474.24. Found: 474.20.

Example 713-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxy-N-(methylsulfonyl)benzamide(Compound 93)

To a stirred solution of carboxylic acid (0.050 g, 0.112 mmol) and Et₃N(0.011 g, 0.112 mmol) in anhyd MeCN (4 mL) was added trichlorotriazine(0.006 g, 0.034 mmol) followed by the addition of alumina (0.003 g,0.034 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at rt for 5 min. A soln ofsulfonamide (0.010 g, 0.112 mmol) and Et₃N (0.011 g, 0.112 mmol) inanhyd MeCN (1 mL) was added and the solution stirred for a further 2 h.The reaction was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuumand the residue was dissolved in CHCl₃. The organic layer was washedwith H₂O (2×10 mL), dried over anhyd. Na₂SO₄, and evaporated in vacuo togive the crude product which was purified by reverse phase HPLC to yieldthe desired product. White solid (0.010 g, 17%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆): δ 7.86 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (s,1H), 7.02 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.06 (m, 4H),3.81 (s, 3H), 3.29 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 1.96 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.89 (m,4H), 1.04 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₆H₃₅NO₈S[M+H]⁺: 522.21.Found: 522.00.

Example 723-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxy-N-(phenylsulfonyl)benzamide(Compound 113)

Prepared in a similar manner described for3-(4-(4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxy-N-(methylsulfonyl)benzamide.White solid (0.010 g, 15%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.93 (d, J=7.8Hz, 2H), 7.85 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.55 (m, 3H), 7.48 (d, J=8.3 Hz,1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 6.98 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),4.13-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.89(m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₃₁H₃₇NO₈S[M+H]⁺: 584.22.Found: 584.00.

Example 73 1-(2-Hydroxy-4-(4-((1-hydroxy-1,3-dihydrobenzo[c][1,2]oxaborol-6-yl)oxy)butoxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(Compound 94)

Benzo[c][1,2]oxaborole-1,6(3H)-diol (0.075 g, 0.5 mmol) was dissolved inDMF (2 mL) and cooled to 0° C. To this solution under nitrogen wereadded in sequence NaH (0.048 g, 2.0 mmol) and1-(4-(4-bromobutoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.715 g, 2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h and thentreated with 1M HCl (5 mL). After extraction with EtOAc, the organiclayer was washed with water and brine and dried over anhydrous Na₂SO₄.The residue after rotary evaporation was purified by reverse phase HPLC.Tan solid (0.030 g, 14%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 9.08 (s, 1H),7.87 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.04-7.01 (m, 1H), 6.61 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (s, 2H), 4.16-4.05 (m, 4H), 2.84 (s, 2H), 1.98 (s,3H), 1.95-1.91 (m, 4H), 0.99 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₄H₃₁BO₆[M+H]⁺: 426.22. Found: 426.00.

Example 741-(2-Hydroxy-4-(4-(2-methoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(Compound 87)

Prepared according to general method A. Colorless solid (0.184 g,35.4%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.60 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (d,J=7.8 Hz, 1H)., 7.29-7.25 (m, 2H), 6.41 (dd, J=9.2 Hz, 4.6 Hz, 1H),4.13-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 2.76 (s, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.03-2.02(m, 4H), 1.31 (s, 12H), 1.05 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₃₀H₄₃BO₇[M+H]⁺: 527.47. Found: 527.00.

Example 75(3-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxyphenyl)boronicacid (Compound 95)

To a solution of1-(2-hydroxy-4-(4-(2-methoxy-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.290 g, 0.551 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added KHF₂ (4.5 M solution inwater, 3 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at rt for 30 min.after that removed the solvent under reduced pressure. The crudematerial was dissolved in hot acetone and filtered, the filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo to afford the crude potassium trifluoroborate as awhile solid. To a solution of potassiumtrifluoro borate in acetonitrile(5 mL) was added water (29 μL, 1.653 mmol) and TMS-Cl (0.178 g, 1.653mmol). The resulting suspension was stirred at rt for 1 h, quenched bysaturated NaHCO₃ solution and dried over anhyd. Na₂SO₄. Filtrationfollowed by removal of the solvent afforded the crude boronic acid,which was purified by reverse phase HPLC. Colorless solid (0.130 g,53%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.87 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (s, 2H),7.37 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.17-4.02 (m, 4H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.83 (s, 2H), 1.97 (s,3H), 1.90-1.89 (m, 4H), 0.94 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₄H₃₃BO₇[M+H]⁺: 445.23. Found: 445.00.

Example 76(Z)-3-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-N′-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzimidamide(Compound 97)

1-(2-Hydroxy-4-(4-(2-methoxy-5-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.851 g, 2 mmol) and hydroxylamine (50% aqueous solution, 0.28 mL) wereheated at 100° C. for 30 min. in presence of AcOH (few drops), cooledand diluted with water. The precipitated product was collected byfiltration and purified by column silica gel column chromatography(Hexanes:Ethylacetate, 4:1). White solid (0.51 g, 47.2%). ¹H NMR (400MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 11.01 (brs, 1H), 8.73 (brs, 2H), 7.86 (d, J=9.2 Hz,1H), 7.32-7.28 (m, 2H), 7.10 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),4.14-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.89(m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₅H₃₄N₂O₆[M+H]⁺: 459.24.Found: 459.00.

Example 773-(3-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxyphenyl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5(4H)-one(Compound 98)

A mixture of(Z)-3-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-N′-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzimidamide(0.1 g, 0.218 mmol), carbonyl diimidazole (0.053 g, 0.327 mmol) and DBU(0.133 g, 0.872 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) was heated at reflux for 3 h.Removed the solvent under vacuum. diluted with water and pH adjusted to4-5 using dil. HCl, and extracted with ethylacetate, removal of solventfollowed by reverse phase HPLC afforded the title compound. Colorlesssolid (0.032 g, 30%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.83 (d, J=9.2 Hz,1H), 7.36-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.08 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),4.13-4.05 (m, 4H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 2.79 (s, 2H), 1.93 (s, 3H), 1.89-1.87(m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₆H₃₂N207[M+H]⁺: 485.22.Found: 485.00.

Example 781-(2-Hydroxy-4-(4-(2-methoxy-5-(5-thioxo-4,5-dihydro-1,2,4-oxadiazol-3-yl)phenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(Compound 99)

A mixture of(Z)-3-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-N′-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzimidamide(0.1 g, 0.218 mmol), thiocarbonyl diimidazole (0.058 g, 0.327 mmol) andDBU (0.133 g, 0.872 mmol) in acetonitrile (5 mL) was stirred at rt for 4h. The solvent was removed under vacuum, diluted with water and the pHadjusted to 4-5 using dil. HCl, and extracted with ethylacetate (3×10mL), after the extract was concentrated in vacuo, the residue wasdissolved in 1N NaOH and washed with ether. The aqueous layer wasadjusted to pH 4 with 1N HCl and extracted again with ethyl acetate,removal of solvent followed by reverse phase HPLC afforded the titlecompound. Colorless solid (0.058 g, 53%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ7.84 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.11 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.05 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s, 3H),2.79 (s, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.92-1.88 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI)calcd for C₂₆H₃₂N₂O₆S[M+H]⁺: 501.20. Found: 501.00.

Example 793-(3-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxyphenyl)-1,2,4-thiadiazol-5(4H)-one(Compound 100)

A mixture of(Z)-3-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-N′-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzimidamide(0.1 g, 0.218 mmol), thiocarbonyl diimidazole (0.058 g, 0.327 mmol) inTHF (5 mL) was stirred at rt for 30 min. The mixture was diluted withwater and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL), extract wasconcentrated in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in THF (5 mL) andBF₃.OEt₂ (0.155 g, 1 mmol) was added to it and stirred at rt for 1 h.The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethylacetate. Organic phase washed with 1N HCl, dried over anhydrous sodiumsulfate. Removal of the solvent followed by reverse phase HPLC affordedthe title compound. Yellow solid (0.020 g, 18%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d₆): δ 7.84 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (s,1H), 7.04 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.06 (m, 4H),3.77 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.92-1.88 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s,9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₆H₃₂N₂O₆S[M+H]⁺: 501.20. Found: 501.00.

Example 803′-((4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 187)

To an ice cooled solution of benzylalcohol (0.105 g, 0.56 mmol) in DMF(3 mL), was added NaH (0.027 g, 1.12 mmol) in small portions and theresulting mixture was stirred for 10 min. To this1-(4-(4-bromobutoxy)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.220 g, 0.616 mmol) was added and stirring was continued foradditional 12 h. Reaction mixture was diluted with water and extractedwith ethylacetate. The combined organic layer was washed with brine anddried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Removal of the solvent under vacuumafforded crude product which was used for the next step without furtherpurification. Colorless solid (0.220 g, 85%). LC-MS (ESI) calcd forC₂₄H₃₁BrO₄[M+H]⁺: 464.412. Found: 464.00.

A mixture of1-(4-(4-((3-bromobenzyl)oxy)butoxy)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.220 g, 0.475 mmol), 3-borono benzoic acid (0.118 g, 0.712 mmol) andtetrakistriphenylphosphinepalladium(0) (0.055 g, 0.047 mmol) were taken4 mL of DME. To this 2M Na₂CO₃ (0.95 mL) solution was added and theresulting solution was refluxed in an atmosphere of N₂ for 6 h. Thereaction mixture cooled to room temperature and diluted with water andthen acidified using 1N HCl. The product was extracted with ethylacetate and washed with brine and the organic layer was dried overanhydrous Na₂SO₄. The solvent was evaporated in vacuum to obtain thecrude product. The crude product was purified using automated prep-HPLCto yield the desired compound as a white solid (0.150 g, 62.6%). ¹H NMR(400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d,J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.59-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.42 (t, J=7.3Hz, 1H), 7.32-7.26 (m, 1H), 6.53 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (s, 2H), 4.07(t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H),1.81-1.68 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS m/z calcd for C₃₁H₃₆O₆[M+H]⁺:505.623. Found: 505.00.

Example 81 Preparation of3-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide(Compound 102)

3-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxybenzoicacid (0.045 g, 0.1 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) at roomtemperature. HOBt (0.020 g, 0.15 mmol) was added in one portion followedby EDC (0.029 g, 0.15 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 30 min. To this methylamine hydrogen chloride (0.010 g,0.12) and triethylamine (0.02 mL, 0.12 mmol) were added and stirred for2 h, after that time the organic phase was removed under reducedpressure and the crude material was partitioned between water and ethylacetate. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×5 mL).The organic phase was dried using Na₂SO₄ and evaporated to give3-(4-(4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide.The crude product was purified by HPLC using acetonitrile:water as thesolvent system to afford amide as a colorless solid (0.027 g, 59%). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ8.22 (q, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H),7.41-7.39 (m, 2H), 6.95 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H),4.14-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 2.72 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 3H),1.94 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.81 (m, 4H), 0.97 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) Calcd forC₂₂H₃₅NO₆ [M+H]⁺: 458.25. Found: 458.00.

Example 821-(2-Hydroxy-4-(4-(2-methoxy-5-(morpholine-4-carbonyl)phenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(Compound 101)

The title compound was synthesized as described in Example 81 to afforda white solid (0.029 g, 58%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ7.85 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.91 (m, 3H), 6.59 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.03 (m, 4H),3.73 (s, 3H), 3.52-3.43 (m, 8H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.87-1.86(m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) Calcd for C₂₉H₃₉NO₇ [M+H]⁺: 514.28.Found: 514.00.

Example 833-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-N,N-diethyl-4-methoxybenzamide(Compound 103)

The title compound was synthesized as described in Example 81 to afforda white solid (0.030 g, 60%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 7.85 (d, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 6.93-6.85 (m, 3H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.05 (m, 4H),3.76 (s, 3H), 3.52-3.22 (m, 4H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.93-1.86(m, 4H), 1.06 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 6H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) Calcd forC₂₉H₄₁NO₆[M+H]⁺: 500.29. Found: 500.35.

Example 843-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxy-N-phenylbenzamide(Compound 104)

The title compound was synthesized as described in Example 81 to afforda white solid (0.026 g, 50%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ10.00 (s, 1H),7.85 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),7.52 (s, 1H), 7.30 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.06-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.05 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H),1.90-1.89 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) Calcd for C₃₁H₃₇NO₆[M+H]⁺:520.26 Found: 519.90.

Example 851-(2-Hydroxy-4-(4-(2-methoxy-5-(piperazine-1-carbonyl)phenoxy)butoxy)-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(Compound 105)

The title compound was synthesized as described in Example 81 to afforda white solid (0.018 g, 35%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.25 (s, 1H),7.85 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.95-6.89 (m, 3H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),4.15-4.05 (m, 4H), 3.79 (s, 3H), 3.37-3.30 (m, 4H), 2.81 (s, 2H),2.71-2.63 (m, 4H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.87-1.86 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS(ESI) Calcd for C₂₉H₄₀N₂O₆ [M+H]⁺: 513.29. Found: 513.00.

Example 863-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxy-N-(pyridin-2-yl)benzamide(Compound 106)

The title compound was synthesized as described in Example 81 to affordan off-white solid (0.018 g, 34%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ10.60 (s,1H), 8.33 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=9.2 Hz,1H), 7.79 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.03 (m, 3H), 6.59 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.07 (m, 4H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 1.95 (s,3H), 1.90-1.89 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) Calcd forC₃₀H₃₆N₂O₆S[M+H]⁺: 521.26. Found: 520.95.

Example 871-{2-Hydroxy-4-[4-(2-methoxy-5-{[4-(methylsulfonyl)piperazinyl]carbonyl}phenoxy)butoxy]-3-methylphenyl}-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(Compound 107)

The title compound was synthesized as described in Example 81 to afforda white solid (0.032 g, 54%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.85 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.98-6.96 (m, 3H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.02 (m,4H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.54-3.52 (m, 4H), 3.19-3.10 (m, 4H), 2.85 (s, 3H),2.81 (s, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.87 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI)Calcd for C₃₀H₄₂N₂O₈S [M+H]⁺: 591.27. Found: 590.95.

Example 88N-(tert-Butyl)-3-(4-(4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxybenzamide(Compound 108)

The title compound was synthesized as described in Example 81 to afforda white solid (0.029 g, 58%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO): δ 7.85 (d, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 7.51 (s, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (s, 1H), 6.91 (d,J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.15-4.04 (m, 4H), 3.74 (s, 3H),2.81 (s, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.87 (m, 4H), 1.33 (s, 9H), 0.96 (s,9H). LC-MS (ESI) Calcd for C₂₉H₄₁NO₆ [M+H]⁺: 500.30. Found: 500.30.

Example 89N-Cyclopropyl-3-(4-(4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxybenzamide(Compound 109)

The title compound was synthesized as described in Example 81 to afforda yellow solid (0.030 g, 62%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.22 (s,1H), 7.85 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.40-7.38 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H),6.59 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.81 (s, 2H),2.78-2.73 (m, 1H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.94-1.87 (m, 4H), 0.96 (s, 9H),0.66-0.62 (m, 2H), 0.52-0.47 (m, 2H). LC-MS (ESI) Calcd for C₂₈H₃₇NO₆[M+H]⁺: 484.26. Found: 484.00.

Example 903-(4-(4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-N-isobutyl-4-methoxybenzamide(Compound 110)

The title compound was synthesized as described in Example 81 to afforda white solid (0.022 g, 44%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.26 (t,J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.42 (m, 2H), 6.96 (d, J=8.2Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.14-4.04 (m, 4H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.01(t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 1.94 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.87 (m, 4H),1.80-1.78 (m, 1H), 0.96 (s, 9H), 0.83 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H). LC-MS (ESI)Calcd for C₂₉H₄₁NO₆[M+H]⁺: 500.29. Found: 500.00.

Example 91N-Cyclopentyl-3-(4-(4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxybenzamide(Compound 112)

The title compound was synthesized as described in Example 81 to afforda white solid (0.030 g, 59%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.04 (d,J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 2H), 6.94 (d, J=8.7Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.04 (m, 5H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 2.81(s, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.88-1.87 (m, 6H), 1.65-1.46 (m, 6H), 0.96 (s,9H). LC-MS (ESI) Calcd for C₃₀H₄₁NO₆ [M+H]⁺: 512.30. Found: 512.30.

Example 923′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 127)

Prepared according to general method C. Colorless solid (0.150 g, 69%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.91-7.90 (m, 3H), 7.88 (s,1H), 7.63-7.47 (m, 4H), 6.69 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 2.80 (s,2H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₇H₂₈O₅[M+H]⁺:433.2010. Found: 433.2030.

Example 933′-((4-Acetyl-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 128)

Prepared according to general method C. Pale yellow solid (0.110 g,59%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.90 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H),7.78-7.75 (m, 1H), 7.64 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 7.49-7.46(m, 1H), 6.73 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.32 (s, 2H), 2.53 (s, 2H), 2.03 (s,3H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₃H₂₀O₅[M+H]⁺: 377.1384. Found: 377.1393.

Example 943′-((4-(2-Cyclopentylacetyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 129)

Prepared according to general method C. Colorless solid (0.120 g, 54%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.92 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H),7.79-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.64 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),7.51-7.44 (m, 2H), 6.71 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 2.94 (d, J=6.9Hz, 2H), 2.22-2.18 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.43 (m, 2H),1.14-1.09 (m, 2H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₈H₂₈O₅[M+H]⁺: 445.2010. Found:445.2023.

Example 953′-((4-Butyryl-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 130)

Prepared according to general method C. Colorless solid (0.141 g, 69%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ. 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.91 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 2H),7.88-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.63 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),7.51-7.44 (m, 2H), 6.71 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 2.92 (t, J=7.3Hz, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.57 (m, 2H), 0.88 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3H). HRMSm/z calcd for C₂₅H₂₄O₅[M+H]⁺: 405.1697. Found: 405.1712.

Example 963′-((3-Hydroxy-4-isobutyryl-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 131)

Prepared according to general method C. Colorless solid (0.110 g, 54%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.93-7.83 (m, 3H), 7.77 (s,1H), 7.64 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.44 (m, 2H),6.73 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 3.65-3.62 (m, 1H), 2.03 (s, 1H), 1.08 (d, J=6.9Hz, 6H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₅H₂₄O₅[M+H]⁺: 405.1697. Found: 405.1710.

Example 973′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-carboxylicacid (Compound 132)

Prepared according to general method C. Colorless solid (0.098 g, 45%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.00 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.86 (d, J=8.7 Hz,1H), 7.78 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 3H), 7.68-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.46 (m, 2H), 6.70(d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s,9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₇H₂₈O₅[M+H]⁺: 433.2010. Found: 433.2027.

Example 984-Chloro-3′-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 133)

Prepared according to general method D. Colorless solid (0.187 g, 80%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ8.02 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=9.2 Hz,1H), 7.81-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.64 (m, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H),7.50-7.46 (m, 2H), 6.69 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 2.80 (s, 2H),2.02 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₇H₂₇ClO₅ [M+H]⁺:467.1620. Found: 467.1662.

Example 993′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-6-methoxy-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 134)

Prepared according to general method D. Colorless solid (0.064 g, 56%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.93 (dd, J=2.3 Hz, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.87 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.43-7.40 (m, 3H),7.18 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.69 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H0, 3.79 (s, 3H), 2.80 (s,2H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₈H₃₀O₆[M+H]⁺:463.2115. Found: 463.2133.

Example 1003′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-4-fluoro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 135)

Prepared according to general method D. Off-white solid (0.065 g, 58%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.08 (dd, J=2.3 Hz, 6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.85(m, 2H), 7.75 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.50-7.36 (m, 3H), 6.70(d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s,9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₇H₂₇FO₅ [M+H]⁺: 451.1915. Found: 451.1930.

Example 1013′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-5-fluoro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 136)

Prepared according to general method D. Colorless solid (0.062 g, 55%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.87-7.77 (m, 3H), 7.68-7.67(m, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.49 (m, 2H), 6.70 (d, J=9.2 Hz,1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H). HRMS m/zcalcd for C₂₇H₂₇FO₅ [M+H]⁺: 451.1915. Found: 451.1931.

Example 1023′-((3-Hydroxy-2-methyl-4-(3-methylbutanoyl)phenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 137)

Prepared according to general method D. Colorless solid (0.150 g, 72%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.93-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.80 (t,J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.63 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.44(m, 2H), 6.71 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 2.80 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H),2.13-2.06 (m, 1H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 0.89 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 6H). HRMS m/z calcdfor C₂₆H₂₆O₅[M+H]⁺: 419.1853. Found: 419.1873.

Example 1033′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-carboxylicacid (Compound 138)

Prepared according to general method D. Off white solid (0.032 g, 29%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.89 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=7.2 Hz,1H), 7.55 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.40 (m, 4H), 7.35 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),7.28-7.26 (m, 1H), 6.70 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 2.82 (s, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H),0.97 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₇H₂₈O₅[M+H]⁺: 433.2010. Found:433.2042.

Example 1043′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-6-fluoro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 139)

Prepared according to general method D. Colorless solid (0.050 g, 45%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.03 (dd, J=2.3 Hz, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.97-7.94(m, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (s, 1H), 7.52-7.49 (m, 3H),7.44-7.39 (m, 1H), 6.69 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 2.80 (s, 2H),2.01 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₇H₂₇FO₅ [M+H]⁺:451.1915. Found: 451.1939.

Example 1053′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-4-methoxy-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 140)

Prepared according to general method D. Off-white solid (0.063 g, 54%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.92 (d, J=2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=9.2 Hz,1H), 7.77 (dd, J=2.2 Hz, 8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.56 (d, J=7.8 Hz,1H), 7.44-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.17 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),5.25 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 2.77 (s, 2H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 0.95 (s, 9H).HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₈H₃₀O₆[M+H]⁺: 463.2115. Found: 463.2151.

Example 1063-Chloro-3′-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-carboxylicacid (Compound 141)

Prepared according to general method D. Brown solid (0.068 g, 58%). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.85-7.80 (m, 4H), 7.70-7.66 (m, 2H), 7.48 (d,J=5.0 Hz, 2H), 6.68 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 2.79 (s, 2H), 2.01(s, 3H), 0.95 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₇H₂₇ClO₅ [M+H]⁺: 467.1610.Found: 467.1648.

Example 1072-(3-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)phenyl)furan-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 178)

Prepared according to general method D. Brown solid (0.020 g, 19%). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.89-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.79 (d,J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.43 (m, 2H), 6.81 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 0.95 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₅H₂₆O₆[M+H]⁺: 423.1802. Found: 423.1811.

Example 1083′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-iodophenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 192)

Prepared according to general method D. Brown solid (0.082 g, 30%). ¹HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.93-7.88 (m, 3H), 7.70 (s, 1H),7.61-7.50 (m, 5H), 6.89 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (s, 2H), 3.52 (s, 2H),0.92 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₆H₂₅IO₅ [M+H]⁺: 545.0819. Found:545.0815.

Example 1093′-((2-Bromo-4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxyphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 193)

Prepared according to general method D. Colorless solid (0.093 g, 36%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.20 (s, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),7.91-7.83 (m, 3H), 7.58-7.48 (m, 4H), 6.83 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.41 (s,2H), 2.85 (s, 2H), 0.96 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₆H₂₅BrO₅ [M+H]⁺:497.0958. Found: 497.0962.

Example 1104′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 142)

Prepared according to general method C. Pale yellow solid (0.153 g,71%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.89-7.87 (m, 3H), 7.70(d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.57-7.53 (m, 3H), 6.70 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (s,2H), 2.82 (s, 2H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 0.97 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd forC₂₇H₂₈O₅[M+H]⁺: 433.2010. Found: 433.2025.

Example 1113′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-3-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-carboxylicacid (Compound 143)

Prepared according to general method E. Colorless solid (0.035 g, 31%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2H), 7.77(d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.48-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.32-7.28 (m, 2H),6.69 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 2.83 (s, 2H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 2.02(s, 3H), 0.98 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₈H₃₀O₅[M+H]⁺: 447.2166.Found: 447.2174.

Example 1123′-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-4-hydroxy-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 144)

Prepared according to general method E. Colorless solid (0.050 g, 45%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.04 (s, 1H), 7.82-7.80 (m, 2H), 7.67 (s,1H), 7.42 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.03 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H),6.66 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (s, 2H), 2.76 (s, 2H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 0.96(s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₇H₂₈O₆[M+H]⁺: 449.1959. Found: 449.1974.

Example 1132-(3′-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)aceticacid (Compound 145)

Prepared according to general method E. Colorless solid (0.052 g, 46%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.87 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.58(d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.36 (m, 4H), 7.24 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.70 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 3.64 (s, 2H), 2.83 (s, 2H), 2.03 (s, 3H),0.99 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₈H₃₀O₅[M+H]⁺: 447.2166. Found:447.2232.

Example 1143′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-5-nitro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 146)

Prepared according to general method D. Pale yellow solid (0.042 g,36%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.63 (s, 1H), 8.54 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2H),7.89 (s, 1H), 7.84 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.77-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=4.6Hz, 2H), 6.69 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.33 (s, 2H), 2.82 (s, 2H), 2.03 (s,3H), 0.97 (s, 9H). HRMS m/z calcd for C₂₇H₂₇NO₇ [M+H]⁺: 478.1860. Found:478.1870.

Example 1152-Chloro-3′-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-4-carboxylicacid (Compound 147)

Prepared according to general method D. Colorless solid (0.055 g, 47%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.99 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (dd, J=1.4 Hz,7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.86 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.53-7.49 (m, 6H), 6.68 (d, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 5.29 (s, 2H), 2.80 (s, 2H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H). HRMSm/z calcd for C₂₇H₂₇ClO₅ [M+H]⁺: 467.1620. Found: 467.1632.

Example 1163′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-2-methyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid (Compound 168)

Prepared according to general method E. Colorless solid (0.115 g, 45%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.90 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.71 (m, 1H),7.49-7.27 (m, 7H), 6.72 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.31 (s, 2H), 2.84 (s, 2H),2.30 (s, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 9H). LC-MS m/z calcd forC₂₈H₃₁O₅[M+H]⁺: 447.21. Found: 447.00.

Example 1173′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carbonitrile(Compound 151)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((3-bromobenzyl)oxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(1.8 g, 4.6 mmol), (3-cyanophenyl)boronic acid (1.014 g, 6.90 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.532 g, 0.460 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. Whitesolid (1.87 g, 98%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.12 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d,J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.88-7.79 (m, 3H), 7.69-7.62 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.48 (m, 2H),6.70 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.28 (s, 2H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 0.96(s, 9H). LC-MS(ESI) calcd for C₂₇H₂₇NO₃ [M+H]⁺: 414.20. Found: 414.00.

Example 1183-(4-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)benzoicacid (Compound 149)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((2-bromopyridin-4-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.26 g, 0.663 mmol), 3-boronobenzoic acid (0.132 g, 0.795 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.077 g, 0.66 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. Whitesolid (0.110 g, 38%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.68-8.64 (m, 2H),8.28 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H).LC-MS(ESI) calcd for C₂₆H₂₇NO₅ [M+H]⁺: 434.19. Found: 434.40.

Example 1193-(5-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)pyridin-3-yl)benzoicacid (Compound 150)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((5-bromopyridin-3-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.140 g, 0.357 mmol), 3-boronobenzoic acid (0.089 g, 0.535 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.041 g, 0.036 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. Whitesolid (0.065 g, 42%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.88 (s, 1H), 8.69(s, 1H), (m, 2H), 8.21-8.20 (m, 2H), 7.96 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.91 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 2.82 (s, 2H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H).LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₆H₂₇NO₅ [M+H]⁺: 434.19. Found: 434.00.

Example 1203-(2-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)pyridin-4-yl)benzoicacid (Compound 153)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((4-bromopyridin-3-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.160 g, 0.408 mmol), 3-boronobenzoic acid (0.102 g, 0.612 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.047 g, 0.041 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. Whitesolid (0.098 g, 55%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.64 (d, J=5.0 Hz,1H), 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.88-7.85 (m, 2H), 7.69 (d,J=4.6 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (s,2H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 9H). LC-MS(ESI) calcd forC₂₆H₂₇NO₅ [M+H]⁺: 434.19. Found: 434.10.

Example 1213-(5-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)furan-2-yl)benzoicacid (Compound 158)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((5-bromofuran-2-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.191 g, 0.5 mmol), 3-boronobenzoic acid (0.124 g, 0.750 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.058 g, 0.050 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution.Off-white solid (0.110 g, 47%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.22 (t,J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.93-7.84 (m, 3H), 7.54 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (d, J=3.2Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (s, 2H),2.85 (s, 2H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 9H). LC-MS(ESI) calcd forC₂₅H₂₆O₆[M+H]⁺: 423.16. Found: 423.00.

Example 1223-(6-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)pyridin-2-yl)benzoicacid (Compound 159)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((6-bromopyridin-2-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.196 g, 0.5 mmol), 3-boronobenzoic acid (0.124 g, 0.750 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.058 g, 0.050 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. Whitesolid (0.050 g, 23%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.70 (s, 1H), 8.30(d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02-7.96 (m, 3H), 7.89 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (t,J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 5.42 (s,2H), 2.83 (s, 2H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 9H). LC-MS(ESI) calcd forC₂₆H₂₇NO₅ [M+H]⁺: 434.19. Found: 434.00.

Example 1233-(5-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)pyridin-3-yl)-4-methoxybenzoicacid (Compound 160)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((5-bromopyridin-3-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-oneWhite (0.137 g, 0.349 mmol), 3-borono-4-methoxybenzoic acid (0.103 g,0.524 mmol), Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.040 g, 0.035 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonatesolution. solid (0.045 g, 28%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.67-8.65(m, 2H), 8.01-7.89 (m, 3H), 7.24 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.75 (d, J=9.2 Hz,1H), 5.36 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 2.85 (s, 2H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s,9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₇H₂₉NO₆ [M+H]⁺: 464.20. Found: 464.00.

Example 1243-(2-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)thiazol-5-yl)benzoicacid (Compound 161)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((5-bromothiazol-2-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.25 g, 0.628 mmol), 3-boronobenzoic acid (0.156 g, 0.941 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.073 g, 0.063 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. Whitesolid (0.075 g, 27%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.30 (d, J=7.8 Hz,1H), 8.11-7.90 (m, 4H), 7.56 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 1H),5.59 (s, 2H), 2.86 (s, 2H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 1.00 (s, 9H). LC-Ms (ESI)calcd for C₂₄H₂₅NO₅S [M+H]⁺: 440.15. Found: 440.00.

Example 1253-(5-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)thiophen-3-yl)benzoicacid (Compound 162)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((4-bromothiophene-2-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.3 g, 0.755 mmol), 3-boronobenzoic acid (0.188 g, 1.133 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.087 g, 0.076 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. Whitesolid (0.150 g, 45%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.20 (d, J=1.4 Hz,1H), 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.92 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.87 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.71(s, 1H), 7.54 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.79 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.47 (s, 2H),2.85 (s, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd forC₂₅H₂₆O₅S [M+H]⁺: 439.15. Found: 439.00.

Example 1263-(5-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)benzoicacid (Compound 165)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((5-bromo-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.38 g, 0.952 mmol), 3-boronobenzoic acid (0.190 g, 1.142 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.110 g, 0.095 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. Whitesolid (0.100 g, 24%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.49 (d, J=1.8 Hz,1H), 8.24 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.12 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 7.94 (t, J=10.0 Hz,2H), 6.74 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.78 (s, 2H), 2.86 (s, 2H), 2.07 (s, 3H),0.99 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₃H₂₄N₂O₅S[M+H]⁺: 441.14. Found:441.00.

Example 1273-(5-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)pyrazin-2-yl)benzoicacid (Compound 163)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((5-bromopyrazin-2-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.38 g, 0.966 mmol), 3-boronobenzoic acid (0.241 g, 1.449 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.112 g, 0.097 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. Whitesolid (0.132 g, 31%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 9.33 (s, 1H), 8.90(s, 1H), 8.71 (s, 1H), 8.33 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H),7.92 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.68 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H),5.45 (s, 2H), 2.85 (s, 2H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI)calcd for C₂₅H₂₆N₂O₅[M+H]⁺: 435.18. Found: 435.00.

Example 1283-(6-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)pyrazin-2-yl)benzoicacid (Compound 166)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((6-bromopyrazin-2-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.295 g, 0.75 mmol), 3-boronobenzoic acid (0.187 g, 1.25 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.087 g, 0.075 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. Whitesolid (0.130 g, 40%). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₅H₂₆N₂O₅[M+H]⁺: 435.18.Found: 435.00.

Example 1293-(4-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)pyrimidin-2-yl)benzoicacid (Compound 173)

Prepared according to general method D using1-(4-((2-bromopyrimidin-4-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(0.118 g, 0.3 mmol), 3-boronobenzoic acid (0.0.75 g, 0.450 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.035 g, 0.035 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. Whitesolid (0.062 g, 48%). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₅H₂₆N₂O₅[M+H]⁺: 435.18.Found: 435.00.

Example 1305-(3-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)phenyl)nicotinicacid (Compound 179)

Prepared according to general method E using(3-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)phenyl)boronicacid (0.089 g, 0.25 mmol), methyl 5-bromonicotinate (0.065 g, 0.3 mmol),Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.029 g, 0.025 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. Whitesolid (0.025 g, 23%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.05 (d, J=6.0 Hz,2H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.93-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 7.56-7.54(m, 2H), 6.75 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 2.85 (s, 2H), 2.05 (s,3H), 0.99 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₆H₂₇NO₅[M+H]⁺: 434.19. Found:434.00.

Example 1313-(3-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)phenyl)isonicotinicacid (Compound 180)

Prepared according to general method E using(3-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)phenyl)boronicacid (0.089 g, 0.25 mmol), methyl 3-bromoisonicotinate (0.065 g, 0.3mmol), Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.029 g, 0.025 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution.White solid (0.039 g, 36%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.05 (d, J=6.0Hz, 2H), 8.46 (s, 1H), 7.93-7.89 (m, 2H), 7.76 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H),7.56-7.54 (m, 2H), 6.75 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 2.85 (s, 2H),2.05 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₆H₂₇NO₅[M+H]⁺:434.19. Found: 434.05.

Example 1325-(3-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)phenyl)pyrazine-2-carboxylicacid (Compound 181)

Prepared according to general method E using(3-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)phenyl)boronic acid (0.178 g, 0.5 mmol), methyl5-chloropyrazine-2-carboxylate (0.104 g, 0.6 mmol), Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.058 g,0.05 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution. White solid (0.112 g, 52%).¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 9.39 (s, 1H), 9.23 (s, 1H), 8.34 (s, 1H),8.20 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.59 (m, 3H), 6.74 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.36(s, 2H), 2.84 (s, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd forC₂₆H₂₆N₂O₅[M+H]⁺: 435.18. Found: 435.00.

Example 1333′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-sulfonicacid (Compound 164)

Prepared according to general method E using(3-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)phenyl)boronicacid (0.178 g, 0.5 mmol), sodium 3-bromobenzenesulfonate (0.194 g, 0.75mmol), Pd(PPh₃)₄(0.058 g, 0.05 mmol) and 2M sodium carbonate solution.Yellow solid (0.093 g, 40%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 7.99-7.88 (m,2H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.61-7.59 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.43 (m, 3H), 6.74 (d, J=9.2Hz, 1H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 2.84 (s, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 9H). LC-MS(ESI) calcd for C₂₆H₂₈O₆S[M+H]⁺: 469.17. Found: 469.00.

Example 1341-(4-((3′-(2H-Tetrazol-5-yl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)methoxy)-2-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-3,3-dimethylbutan-1-one(Compound 152)

3′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carbonitrile(0.207 g, 0.5 mmol), sodium azide (0.390 g, 6.00 mmol), and ammoniumchloride (0.321 g, 6.00 mmol) were taken in DMF (5 mL) and the resultingmixture was heated at 100° C. for 1 h. The reaction mixture cooled toroom temperature and diluted with water. After extraction with EtOAc,the organic layer was washed with water and brine and dried over Na₂SO₄.The residue after rotary evaporation was purified by reverse phase HPLC.White solid (0.170 g, 75%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.35 (d, J=1.4Hz, 1H), 8.04 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.86 (m, 3H), 7.75-7.69 (m, 2H),7.58-7.52 (m, 2H), 6.75 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (s, 2H), 2.84 (s, 2H),2.06 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₇H₂₈N₄O₄ [M+H]⁺:457.21. Found: 457.00.

Example 1353′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-N-(methylsulfonyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxamide(Compound 156)

To a stirred solution of3′-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)biphenyl-3-carboxylicacid (0.100 g, 0.231 mmol) and Et₃N (0.023 g, 0.231 mmol) in anhyd MeCN(8 mL) was added trichlorotriazine (0.013 g, 0.069 mmol) followed by theaddition of alumina (0.007 g, 0.069 mmol) and the mixture was stirred atrt for 5 min. A soln of sulfonamide (0.022 g, 0.231 mmol) and Et₃N(0.023 g, 0.231 mmol) in anhydrous MeCN (1 mL) was added and thesolution stirred for a further 2 h. The reaction was filtered and thefiltrate was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was dissolved inCHCl₃. The organic layer was washed with H₂O (2×10 mL), dried over anhydNa₂SO₄, and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product which waspurified by reverse phase HPLC to yield the desired product. White solid(0.017 g, 14%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.25 (s, 1H), 7.93-7.83 (m,4H), 7.74-7.73 (m, 1H), 7.62-7.52 (m, 3H), 6.73 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.34(s, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 2.83 (s, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 0.98 (s, 9H). LC-MS(ESI) calcd for C₂₈H₃₁NO₆S [M+H]⁺: 510.19. Found: 510.00.

Example 1363-(3′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)-1,2,4-oxadiazol-5(4H)-one(Compound 157)

3′-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carbonitrile(0.330 g, 0.798 mmol) and hydroxylamine (50% aqueous solution, 0.1 mL)were heated at 100° C. for 30 min. in presence of AcOH (few drops),cooled and diluted with water. The precipitated3′-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-N′-hydroxy-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboximidamidewas collected by filtration and purified by column chromatography. Whitesolid (0.325 g, 91%). LC-MS (ESI) calcd for C₂₇H₃₀N₂O₄[M+H]⁺: 447.22.Found: 447.00.3′-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)-N′-hydroxy-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboximidamide(0.325 g, 0.728 mmol), carbonyl diimidazole (0.177 g, 1.092 mmol) andDBU (0.433 g, 2.91 mmol) in dioxane (10 mL) was heated at reflux for 3h. Removed the solvent under vacuum. diluted with water and pH adjustedto 4-5 using dil. HCl, and extracted with ethylacetate, removal ofsolvent followed by reverse phase HPLC afforded the title compound.White solid (0.250 g, 73%). ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆): δ 8.01 (s, 1H),7.89-7.86 (m, 2H), 7.81-7.78 (m, 2H), 7.69-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.54-7.48 (m,2H), 6.71 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1H), 5.30 (s, 2H), 2.81 (s, 2H), 2.04 (s, 3H),0.96 (s, 9H). LCMS (ESI) calcd for C₂₈H₂₈N₂O₅ [M+H]⁺: 473.20. Found:473.00.

Example 137N-Cyclopropyl-3-(5-((4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)pyrazin-2-yl)benzamide(Compound 167)

3-(5-((4-(3,3-Dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)methyl)pyrazin-2-yl)benzoicacid (0.025 g, 0.058 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) at roomtemperature. HOBt (0.012 g, 0.086 mmol) was added in one portionfollowed by EDC (0.013 g, 0.086 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirredat room temperature for 30 min. To this cyclopropyl amine (0.004 g,0.069 mmol) and triethylamine (0.01 mL, 0.069 mmol) were added andstirred for 2 h, after that time the organic phase was removed underreduced pressure and the crude material was partitioned between waterand ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate(3×5 mL). The organic phase was dried using Na₂SO₄ and evaporated togive3-(4-(4-(3,3-dimethylbutanoyl)-3-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)butoxy)-4-methoxy-N-methylbenzamide.The crude product was purified by HPLC using acetonitrile:water as thesolvent system to afford amide as a colorless solid (0.015 g, 55%).LC-MS (ESI) Calcd for C₂₈H₃₁N₃O₄ [M+H]⁺: 474.23. Found: 474.00.

PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION EXAMPLES Example A1 Parenteral Composition

To prepare a parenteral pharmaceutical composition suitable foradministration by injection, 100 mg of a water-soluble salt of acompound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or(III), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, racemate orstereoisomer thereof, is dissolved in 2% HPMC, 1% Tween 80 in DI water,pH 2.2 with MSA, q.s. to at least 20 mg/mL. The mixture is incorporatedinto a dosage unit form suitable for administration by injection.

Example A2 Oral Composition

To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for oral delivery, 100 mg of acompound of Formula (I), (Ia), (Ib), (II), (IIa), (IIb), (IIc), or(III), or pharmaceutically acceptable salt, N-oxide, racemate orstereoisomer thereof, is mixed with 750 mg of starch. The mixture isincorporated into an oral dosage unit for, such as a hard gelatincapsule, which is suitable for oral administration.

BIOLOGY EXAMPLES Example B1 mGlu Receptor In Vitro Assays

Human Embryonic Kidney (HEK-293) cell lines co-expressing rat mGlureceptors 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 or 8 and G protein-coupled inwardly-rectifyingpotassium (GIRK) channels were grown in Growth Media containing 45%DMEM, 45% F-12, 10% FBS, 20 mM HEPES, 2 mM L-glutamine,antibiotic/antimycotic, non-essential amino acids, 700 μg/ml G418, and0.6 μg/ml puromycin at 37° C. in the presence of 5% CO₂. Cellsexpressing rat mGlu_(i) and mGlu₅ receptor were cultured as described inHemstapat et al (Mol. Pharmacol. 2006, 70, 616-626). All cell culturereagents were purchased from Invitrogen Corp. (Carlsbad, Calif.) unlessotherwise noted. Calcium assays were used to assess activity ofcompounds at mGlu₁ and mGlu₅, as previously described in Engers et al(J. Med. Chem. 2009, 52, 4115-4118). Calcium assays at mGlu3 wereperformed as described for mGlu₅ with the exception that TREx293 mGlu3G_(α15) cells were treated with tetracycline at 20 ng/mL for 20 h priorto assay.

Compound activity at the group II (mGlu2 and mGlu3) and group III(mGlu₄, mGlu₆, mGlu₇, and mGlu₈) was assessed using thallium fluxthrough GIRK channels, a method that has been described in detail.Briefly, cells were plated into 384-well, black-walled, clear-bottomedpoly-D-lysine-coated plates at a density of 15,000 cells/20 μL/well inDMEM containing 10% dialyzed FBS, 20 mM HEPES, and 100 units/mLpenicillin/streptomycin (assay media). Plated cells were incubatedovernight at 37° C. in the presence of 5% CO₂. The following day, themedium was exchanged from the cells to assay buffer [Hanks' balancedsalt solution (Invitrogen) containing 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.3] using anFLX405 microplate washer (BioTek), leaving 20 μL/well, followed by theaddition of 20 μL/well FluoZin2-AM (330 nM final concentration)indicator dye (Invitrogen; prepared as a stock in DMSO and mixed in a1:1 ratio with Pluronic acid F-127) in assay buffer. Cells wereincubated for 1 h at room temperature, and the dye exchanged to assaybuffer using an ELX405, leaving 20 μL/well. Test compounds were dilutedto 2 times their final desired concentration in assay buffer (0.3% DMSOfinal concentration). Agonists were diluted in thallium buffer [125 mMsodium bicarbonate (added fresh the morning of the experiment), 1 mMmagnesium sulfate, 1.8 mM calcium sulfate, 5 mM glucose, 12 mM thalliumsulfate, and 10 mM HEPES, pH 7.3] at 5 times the final concentration tobe assayed. Cell plates and compound plates were loaded onto a kineticimaging plate reader (FDSS 6000 or 7000; Hamamatsu Corporation,Bridgewater, N.J.). Appropriate baseline readings were taken (10 imagesat 1 Hz; excitation, 470±20 nm; emission, 540±30 nm) and test compoundswere added in a 20 μL volume and incubated for approximately 2.5 minbefore the addition of 10 μL of thallium buffer with or without agonist.After the addition of agonist, data were collected for approximately anadditional 2.5 min. Data were analyzed using Excel (Microsoft Corp,Redmond, Wash.). The slope of the fluorescence increase beginning 5 safter thallium/agonist addition and ending 15 s after thallium/agonistaddition was calculated, corrected to vehicle and maximal agonistcontrol slope values, and plotted in using either XLfit (ID BusinessSolutions Ltd) or Prism software (GraphPad Software, San Diego, Calif.)to generate concentration-response curves. Potencies were calculatedfrom fits using a four-point parameter logistic equation. Forconcentration-response curve experiments, compounds were seriallydiluted 1:3 into 10 point concentration response curves and weretransferred to daughter plates using an Echo acoustic plate reformatter(Labcyte, Sunnyvale, Calif.). Test compounds were applied and followedby EC₂₀ concentrations of glutamate. For selectivity experiments, fullconcentration-response curves of glutamate or L-AP4 (for mGlu₇) wereperformed in the presence of a 10 μM concentration of compound andcompounds that affected the concentration-response by less than 2 foldin terms of potency or efficacy were designated as inactive.

Example B2 TREx293 mGlu3 G_(α15) Cell Line Creation

In order to generate a tetracycline (Tet)-inducible rat mGlu3 stablecell line to be used for a calcium mobilization assay, TREx293 cells(Invitrogen) were transfected with mouse G_(α15)-pCMV6 plasmid (Origene)using Fugene6 (Promega). The cells were selected for G_(α15) expressionwith 1 mg/mL G418 in the presence of 10 μg/ml blasticidin to maintainTet Repressor expression. Two weeks after the selection, polyclonalTREx293 G_(α15) cells were obtained. The entire coding sequence of ratmGlu3 was amplified by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and cloned intothe Tet-inducible expression plasmid pcDNA5/TO (Invitrogen). RatmGlu3-pcDNA5/TO was transfected into TREx293 G_(α15) cells and selectedfor mGlu3 expression with 200 μg/ml hygromycin in the presence of G418and blasticidin. The resulting polyclonal TREx293 mGlu3 G_(α15) cellswere plated for monoclonal selection and positive monoclones wereidentified in the calcium mobilization assay. Cells were in maintainedin Growth Media containing DMEM, 10% Tet-tested FBS (Atlanta Biogicals),20 mM HEPES, 2 mM L-glutamine, antibiotic/antimycotic, non-essentialamino acids, 500 μg/ml G418, 100 μg/mL hygromycin, and 5 μg/mLblasticidin S at 37° C. in the presence of 5% CO₂.

Example B3 HEK293A mGlu2 G_(α15) Cell Line Creation

In order to generate a rat mGlu2 stable cell line to be used for acalcium mobilization assay, HEK293A cells (ATCC) were transfected withmouse G_(α15)-pCMV6 plasmid (Origene) using Fugene6 (Promega). The cellswere selected for G_(α15) expression with 1 mg/mL G418. Two weeks afterthe selection, polyclonal HEK293A G_(α15) cells were obtained. Theentire coding sequence of rat mGlu2 was amplified by PCR and cloned intothe expression plasmid pIRESpuro3 (Invitrogen). Rat mGlu₂-pIRESpuro3 wastransfected into HEK293A G_(α15) cells and selected for mGlu2 expressionwith 0.6 μg/mL puromycin in the presence of G418. The resultingpolyclonal HEK293A mGlu2 G_(α15) cells were then utilized for calciummobilization assays. Cells were in maintained in Growth Media containingDMEM, 10% FBS, 20 mM HEPES, 2 mM L-glutamine, antibiotic/antimycotic,non-essential amino acids, 700 μg/ml G418, and 0.6 μg/mL puromycin at37° C. in the presence of 5% CO₂.

Example B4 Western Blotting

Western blotting was performed as detailed previously (Sheffler, D. J.;Conn, P. J. Glutamate-based Therapies for Psychiatric Disorders,Skolnick, P., Ed. Birkhäuser Basel: 2010; pp 101-116) utilizing 10%polyacrylamide gels and a rabbit polyclonal mGlu2/3 antibody (Millipore,Catalog #06-676) for detection of mGlu3.

Representative in vitro biochemical data is presented in Tables 5.

TABLE 5 In vitro potency and efficacy data at mGlu2 or mGlu3 receptorsfor PAMs.^(a) mGlu2 PAM EC₅₀ mGlu2 PAM Max mGlu3 PAM EC₅₀ mGlu3 PAM MaxCmpd (μM) (%) (μM) (%) 5 2.449 ± 0.272 83.1 ± 3.2 >30 15.2 ± 2.7 6 >1045.2 ± 6.9 >30 27.8 ± 1.6 14 >30 15.9 ± 2.4 >30 27.3 ± 2.3 15 >30 14.1 ±2.1 >30 24.2 ± 3.2 16 >30 16.4 ± 2.7 >30 22.7 ± 2.3 17 >30 12.2 ±2.4 >30 22.0 ± 2.1 18 >30 19.0 ± 4.5 >30 16.6 ± 0.3 19 >30 16.2 ±2.9 >30 12.2 ± 1.5 20 0.122 ± 0.022 88.0 ± 1.6 2.724 ± 0.294 51.9 ± 5.821 0.824 ± 0.071 82.6 ± 1.0 >10 26.7 ± 1.7 22 >30 12.1 ± 2.5 >30 18.3 ±1.9 23 >30 22.4 ± 6.7 >30 16.5 ± 1.2 24 0.222 ± 0.031 84.5 ± 3.0 1.434 ±0.136 69.9 ± 4.5 25 0.451 ± 0.035 80.6 ± 2.8 3.400 ± 0.783 92.9 ± 8.9 260.976 ± 0.041 76.2 ± 6.3 >30 30.7 ± 2.3 27 2.581 ± 0.157 67.1 ± 7.2 >3028.0 ± 3.1 28 0.415 ± 0.070 92.4 ± 9.6 >30 28.1 ± 3.2 29 0.335 ± 0.02898.8 ± 8.0 >30 32.9 ± 3.3 30 >10 33.1 ± 7.0 >30 12.0 ± 3.9 31 2.415 ±0.188 61.8 ± 8.3 >10 35.5 ± 1.1 32 0.151 ± 0.006 80.5 ± 1.1 2.048 ±0.289 49.5 ± 2.6 33 0.510 ± 0.057 80.8 ± 2.4 2.247 ± 0.081 40.0 ± 4.834 >30 15.8 ± 4.1 >30 13.8 ± 3.1 35 >30 14.6 ± 2.8 >30 12.6 ± 1.5 360.153 ± 0.010 84.5 ± 1.2 0.920 ± 0.071 81.7 ± 4.2 37 0.699 ± 0.121 81.0± 2.8 2.492 ± 0.401 98.4 ± 9.9 38 0.454 ± 0.054 76.9 ± 5.5 >10 29.4 ±2.8 39 1.290 ± 0.265 67.5 ± 4.7 >10 26.9 ± 2.4 40 0.192 ± 0.017 83.9 ±3.2 1.853 ± 0.356 42.1 ± 4.1 41 0.608 ± 0.039 84.6 ± 4.4 >10 28.4 ± 2.342 0.102 ± 0.015 85.0 ± 2.5 1.417 ± 0.061 67.7 ± 4.3 43 0.639 ± 0.05483.8 ± 3.9 >10 31.2 ± 2.3 44 0.040 ± 0.006 85.7 ± 2.5 0.614 ± 0.098 73.9± 6.0 45 0.228 ± 0.046 95.4 ± 2.7 1.905 ± 1.131 46.9 ± 6.2 46 0.096 ±0.020 99.5 ± 0.9 1.140 ± 0.010 62.9 ± 2.4 47 0.237 ± 0.006 82.2 ±3.4 >10 27.4 ± 2.3 48 0.173 ± 0.038 93.3 ± 1.5 3.907 ± 1.972 41.9 ± 4.049 0.564 ± 0.039 83.6 ± 2.5 >10 23.7 ± 2.6 50 0.155 ± 0.029 89.7 ± 1.70.737 ± 0.085 100.1 ± 5.2  51 0.425 ± 0.078 91.8 ± 2.8 1.021 ± 0.09167.6 ± 1.5 52 0.161 ± 0.075 86.3 ± 1.1 >30 26.3 ± 2.2 53 1.091 ± 0.04870.7 ± 8.5 >30 34.8 ± 3.1 54 0.200 ± 0.050 79.2 ± 2.4 >30 17.1 ± 8.0 550.259 ± 0.084 75.5 ± 6.1 >30 16.8 ± 7.3 56 0.050 ± 0.012 83.1 ± 4.3 >3025.4 ± 5.2 57 0.114 ± 0.054 86.5 ± 1.1 >30 25.9 ± 6.2 58 0.162 ± 0.05572.6 ± 7.5 6.359 ± 3.655 62.5 ± 5.3 59 0.062 ± 0.011 71.3 ± 6.7 >30 16.3± 6.0 60 0.124 ± 0.020 66.6 ± 5.3 >30 18.4 ± 4.5 61 0.082 ± 0.016 86.6 ±6.0 >30 22.7 ± 5.6 62 0.113 ± 0.046 73.1 ± 6.9 >30 25.6 ± 3.8 63 0.116 ±0.024 66.6 ± 2.3 0.588 ± 0.104 59.9 ± 1.8 64 0.149 ± 0.056 66.9 ±2.1 >30 27.1 ± 1.6 65 0.171 ± 0.029 74.1 ± 2.1 >10 31.3 ± 6.5 66 0.234 ±0.030 76.9 ± 3.2 >30 25.2 ± 8.8 67 0.034 ± 0.004 85.5 ± 0.6 1.830 ±0.380 61.9 ± 3.8 68 0.103 ± 0.026 82.8 ± 4.8 0.496 ± 0.076 64.2 ± 3.2 690.052 ± 0.025 82.4 ± 6.4 >10 53.0 ± 3.9 70 0.074 ± 0.014 87.5 ± 2.40.438 ± 0.020 56.9 ± 3.9 71 0.104 ± 0.014 79.3 ± 6.0 >10 40.5 ± 7.8 720.184 ± 0.033 96.0 ± 2.2 0.151 ± 0.028 105.5 ± 2.9  73 0.047 ± 0.00998.6 ± 4.7 0.310 ± 0.029 109.4 ± 1.8  74 0.136 ± 0.032 95.8 ± 3.5 0.300± 0.054 108.8 ± 2.3  75 0.208 ± 0.036 94.6 ± 2.1 0.258 ± 0.063 101.7 ±4.1  76 >30 ND >30 ND 77 >30 ND >30 ND 78 >10 ND >30 ND 79 >30 ND >30 ND80 >10 ND >30 ND 81 >30 ND >30 ND 82 >30 ND >30 ND 83 >30 ND >30 ND84 >30 ND >30 ND 85 >10 ND >30 ND 86 >10 ND >30 ND 87 >10 49.5 ± 3.5 >3024.9 ± 9.6 88 2.419 ± 0.278 86.4 ± 2.6 5.455 ± .184   53.5 ± 10.6 894.129 ± 0.590 84.6 ± 1.9 >10 81.6 ± 7.2 90 3.889 ± 0.317 82.4 ± 3.46.598 ± 1.454 78.7 ± 6.2 91 >10 48.2 ± 7.4 >30 33.7 ± 7.4 92 0.350 ±0.030 91.2 ± 1.1 0.848 ± 0.195 96.7 ± 4.0 93 0.250 ± 0.055 98.1 ± 1.10.265 ± 0.050 110.0 ± 1.3  94 3.990 ± 0.557 83.9 ± 3.4 7.051 ± 0.61194.0 ± 3.8 95 3.010 ± 0.988 27.5 ± 2.7 >30  26.2 ± 11.7 96 0.955 ± 0.09488.6 ± 0.9 1.068 ± 0.061 95.3 ± 5.0 97 >10 57.2 ± 1.4 >30 24.4 ± 4.7 980.681 ± 0.090 101.1 ± 2.9  1.227 ± 0.185 102.2 ± 4.7  99 1.035 ± 0.070 81 ± 1.8 1.147 ± 0.307 63.6 ± 5.0 100 2.224 ± 0.709 68.1 ± 0.9 >30 33.9 ± 10.1 101 0.875 ± 0.003 112.9 ± 1.2  0.741 ± 0.006 132.2 ± 5.0 102 5.160 ± 0.082 70.9 ± 2.3 >10 39.2 ± 5.2 103 0.608 ± 0.010 96.4 ± 2.10.497 ± 0.006 111.0 ± 3.4  104 >30 23.1 ± 1.4 >30 27.0 ± 3.4 105 >1067.4 ± 1.9 >10 49.7 ± 3.9 106 >10 74.8 ± 5.9 5.050 ± 0.177 97.4 ± 9.4107 >30 22.1 ± 1.1 >30 22.9 ± 1.5 108 >10 38.6 ± 1.1 >30 33.4 ± 5.3 1090.765 ± 0.005 101.5 ± 0.9  0.578 ± 0.012 106.2 ± 5.1  110  6.404 ±0.3888 48.4 ± 5.5 >30 31.7 ± 8.5 111 >10 ND >30 ND 112 >10 35.0 ±5.8 >30 40.3 ± 1.6 113 0.872 ± 0.004 101.9 ± 2.9  1.080 ± 0.021 109.4 ±3.5  114 >30 ND >30 ND 115 >30 ND >30 ND 116 >30 ND >30 ND 117 >30ND >30 ND 118 >30 ND >30 ND 119 >30 ND >30 ND 120 >30 ND >30 ND 121 >30ND >30 ND 122 >30 ND >30 ND 123 >30 ND >30 ND 124 >30 ND >30 ND 1250.238 ± 0.051 82.7 ± 7.2 >30 13.9 ± 3.1 126 >10 ND >30 ND 127 0.219 ±0.043 91.1 ± 2.6 0.343 ± 0.040 104.4 ± 2.4  128 0.035 ± 0.013 57.9 ± 6.61.288 ± 0.781 67.8 ± 8.7 129 0.616 ± 0.217 97.5 ± 9.0 3.561 ± 1.941 94.0 ± 10.1 130 0.142 ± 0.029  92.9 ± 10.7 1.684 ± 0.753  81.0 ± 14.8131 0.222 ± 0.082  83.2 ± 12.3 1.749 ± 0.891  55.0 ± 24.4 132 0.561 ±0.063  90.5 ± 13.8 1.638 ± 0.487  57.5 ± 20.9 133 0.433 ± 0.099 90.2 ±4.1 1.706 ± 0.888 70.9 ± 3.6 134 0.118 ± 0.002 89.6 ± 2.9 0.324 ± 0.09476.4 ± 5.4 135 0.208 ± 0.020 88.5 ± 3.8 0.587 ± 0.129 74.4 ± 5.0 1360.308 ± 0.040 93.3 ± 2.1 0.496 ± 0.086 77.4 ± 7.1 137 0.181 ± 0.028 85.8± 3.7 0.642 ± 0.151 76.8 ± 8.0 138 0.643 ± 0.137 42.1 ± 7.1 >10 23.5 ±4.6 139 0.436 ± 0.084 88.2 ± 5.1 1.098 ± 0.33  85.6 ± 5.5 140 0.489 ±0.073 86.1 ± 6.1 8.409 ± 4.842  67.2 ± 13.3 141 0.391 ± 0.103 67.0 ± 6.40.656 ± 0.265 54.9 ± 9.7 142 3.176 ± 0.626 97.1 ± 8.2 2.204 ± 0.753 88.7± 9.5 143 0.571 ± 0.138  87.0 ± 11.7 3.057 ± 0.624  78.3 ± 21.1 1440.232 ± 0.016 59.6 ± 4.0 0.701 ± 0.176 46.9 ± 5.6 145 1.361 ± 0.259 93.4 ± 11.4 3.942 ± 1.317  79.1 ± 15.0 146 0.564 ± 0.156 98.7 ± 5.92.129 ± 0.812  74.5 ± 11.7 147 0.460 ± 0.158 98.6 ± 5.7 2.282 ± 0.82781.4 ± 9.7 148 2.114 ± 0.215  100 ± 3.9 2.579 ± 0.272 101.7 ± 2.7  149 0.23 ± 0.002 107.8 ± 1.2  0.203 ± 0.001 111.5 ± 3.8  150 0.345 ± 0.002107.3 ± 2.6  0.345 ± 0.009 107.2 ± 6.3  151 >10 50.2 ± 7.4 >10 35.5 ±3.8 152 0.793 ± 0.024 102.7 ± 1.8  1.882 ± 0.069 98.9 ± 3.7 153 0.209 ±0.003 105.6 ± 3.9  0.158 ± 0.002 106.6 ± 5.5  154 >30 ND >30 ND 155 >30ND >30 ND 156 0.620 ± 0.007 105.2 ± 2.1  1.177 ± 0.008 103.1 ± 1.7  1570.657 ± 0.027 111.1 ± 6.6  1.131 ± 0.066 105.1 ± 2.8  158 0.328 ± 0.00 105.5 ± 3.8  0.421 ± 0.005 109.9 ± 3.9  159 0.929 ± 0.012 104.2 ± 2.5 0.967 ± 0.008 115.2 ± 2.1  160 0.159 ± 0.003 10.7.4 ± 0.2   0.3 ± 0.012110.1 ± 2.4  161 1.878 ± 0.017 98.2 ± 5.2 3.185 ± 0.068 113.8 ± 3.9  1621.726 ± 0.015 102.2 ± 3.5  3.236 ± 0.063 105.6 ± 6.4  163 1.452 ± 0.015105.4 ± 1.6  0.268 ± 0.005 113.0 ± 5.4  164 0.254 ± 0.007 101.1 ± 2.8 0.253 ± 0.013 103.3 ± 1.9  165 1.658 ± 0.008 85.6 ± 1.3 1.414 ± 0.03495.0 ± 2.5 169 0.278 ± 0.049 77.6 ± 1.8  2.99 ± 0.359 76.1 ± 5.1 1700.815 ± 0.05  70.2 ± 2.9 >30 ND 171 >30 12.3 ± 1.2 >30 10.7 ± 1.0 1720.763 ± 0.040 73.7 ± 1.2 >10 ND 174 >30 ND >30 ND 175 >30 ND >30 ND176 >10 ND >30 ND 177 >30 ND >30 ND 178 0.409 ± 0.105  81.4 ± 10.1 2.872± 1.124  67.7 ± 11.7 179 0.848 ± 0.009 100.1 ± 2.9  1.015 ± 0.020 101.8± 3.5  180 1.457 ± 0.020 88.4 ± 1.5 >30 30.6 ± 9.2 181 2.134 ± 0.008105.2 ± 3.4  4.280 ± 0.064 105.7 ± 2.1  182 >30 ND >30 ND 183 >10 ND >30ND 184 >10 ND >30 ND 185 2.793 ± 0.102 66.3 ± 0.6 >30 22.4 ± 4.3 186 >10ND >30 ND 187 1.575 ± 0.297 93.4 ± 3.4 3.072 ± 0.632 74.1 ± 7.8 188 >30ND >30 ND 189 >30 ND >30 ND 190 0.372 ± 0.034 64.9 ± 5.1 >30  12.1 ±12.8 191 0.256 ± 0.101 43.8 ± 5.4 >30  0.1 ± 7.7 192 1.409 ± 0.238 82.0± 5.1 2.916 ± 0.785 62.6 ± 9.7 193 0.313 ± 0.02   79.5 ± 20.8  0.45 ±0.104 74.0 ± 9.5 194 >10 ND >30 ND ^(a)mGlu2 PAM EC₅₀ μM data and %Glutamate Max data represent the mean ± SEM for at least threeindependent experiments performed in triplicate. ND = Not Determined.

Representative in vitro biochemical data selectivity data is presentedin Table 6.

TABLE 6 mGlu Receptor Subtype Selectivity^(a) Comp. 20 25 33 44 67 72 73mGlu₁ inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b) Antagonistinactive^(b) inactive^(b) FS = 0.3 E_(min) = 3% E_(max) = 79% mGlu₂Ago-PAM Ago-PAM Ago-PAM Ago-PAM Ago-PAM Ago-PAM Ago-PAM FS = 3.2 FS =12.5 FS = 13.3 FS = ND FS = ND FS = ND FS = ND E_(min) = 54% E_(min) =45% E_(min) = 54% E_(min) = 90% E_(min) = 79% E_(min) = 72% E_(min) =79% E_(max) = 77% E_(max) = 71% E_(max) = 77% E_(max) = 95% E_(max) =92% E_(max) = 95% E_(max) = 92% mGlu3 PAM PAM PAM PAM PAM Ago-PAMAgo-PAM FS = 2.7 FS = 4.5 FS = 2.5 FS = 3.9 FS = 2.9 FS = 7.1 FS = 8.9E_(min) = 9% E_(min) = 6% E_(min) = 10% E_(min) = 4% E_(min) = 1%E_(min) = 54% E_(min) = 30% E_(max) = 153% E_(max) = 143% E_(max) = 143%E_(max) = 116% E_(max) = 88% E_(max) = 95% E_(max) = 99% mGlu₄inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b) Antagonistinactive^(b) inactive^(b) FS = 1.9 E_(min) = 0% E_(max) = 74% mGlu₅inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b)inactive^(b) inactive^(b) mGlu₆ inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b)inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b) PAM FS = 2.0 E_(min) = 8% E_(max)= 93% mGlu₇ inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b)inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b) mGlu₈ inactive^(b) inactive^(b)inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b) inactive^(b) ^(a)Inthese selectivity experiments, for all receptors a fullconcentration-response of agonist was performed once in triplicate inthe presence and absence of a 10 μM final concentration of eachcompound. This allows determination of positive allosteric modulator(PAM) (left-shift of the agonist concentration response curve),antagonist (right-shift in the agonist concentration response with apossible decrease in maximal agonist response), and agonist (increase inbaseline response) activity in a single experiment. General activity foreach compound at each mGlu is listed (PAM, antagonist, Ago-PAM,inactive) followed by the fold-shift (FS) of the agonistconcentration-response obtained. Where tested compounds demonstrateactivity toward an mGlu receptor subtype, the maximal (E_(max)) andminimal (E_(min)) responses of the concentration-response of agonist areindicated. Where 10 μM test compound induced greater than a 2-fold shift(FS) of the glutamate concentration-response curve (L-AP4 in the case ofmGlu₇), full compound concentration-response curves were performed intriplicate on three different days to assess compound potency. Compound67 showed weak antagonist/NAM activity (IC₅₀ >10 μM) at mGlu₁ and mGlu₄,and compound 73 showed weak PAM activity at mGlu₆ (EC₅₀ >10 μM).^(b)Inactive compounds show no ability to left or right shift theagonist concentration response curve at 10 μM.

Example B5 CNS Receptors Panel

As a representative of this series, compound 72 was profiled against arepresentative panel of CNS receptors through the NIMH Psychoactive DrugScreening Program (PDSP; see http://pdsp.med.unc.edu/indexR.html fordetails). As shown in Table 7, at a concentration of 10 μM, no bindingactivity was detected for compound 72 at forty-five CNS receptors,suggesting that the new mGlu2/3 PAMs have a low likelihood of off-targetactivity.

TABLE 7 Off-target profiling data for compound 72.^(a) Cpd 72%Receptor/Target Species inhibition^(b) Adrenergic α1A Human −10.5Adrenergic α1B Human −17.1 Adrenergic α1D Human −3.6 Adrenergic α2AHuman −7.7 Adrenergic α2B Human 11.5 Adrenergic α2C Human 0.6 Adrenergicβ1 Human −7.3 Adrenergic β2 Human 0.7 Adrenergic β3 Human 24.8Benzodiazepine (brain, Rat −11.2 [3H]Flunitrazepam) Dopamine D1 Human1.9 Dopamine D2 Human 1.0 Dopamine D3 Human −28.2 Dopamine D4 Human −2.9Dopamine D5 Human −0.9 GABAA (brain, Rat 11.0 [3H]Muscimol) Histamine H1Human 0.2 Histamine H2 Human (>10 μM) Histamine H3 Guinea pig −5.2Histamine H4 Human (>10 μM) Muscarinic M1 Human −6.6 Muscarinic M2 Human−1.0 Muscarinic M3 Human 8.3 Muscarinic M4 Human −0.9 Muscarinic M5Human −3.8 Opiate δ (OP1, DOP) Human 13.7 Opiate κ (OP2, KOP) Human 31.2Opiate L (OP3, MOP) Human 11.1 Peripheral benzodiazepine receptor Rat1.0 ([3H]PK11195) Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT1A Human −10.2Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT1B Human 16.2 Serotonin(5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT1D Human 60.7 (>10 μM) Serotonin(5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT1E Human −5.2 Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine)5-HT2A Human −0.6 Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT2B Human 7.9Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT2C Human 20.2 Serotonin(5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT3 Human −15.3 Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine)5-HT5A Human 4.5 Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT6 Human −1.1Serotonin (5-Hydroxytryptamine) 5-HT7 Human 1.8 Sigma σ1 Rat −11.3 Sigmaσ2 Rat 6.6 Transporter, Dopamine (DAT) Human −7.7 Transporter,Norepinephrine (NET) Human −4.8 Transporter, Serotonin Human 0.3(5-Hydroxytryptamine) (SERT) Adrenergic α1A Human −10.5 Adrenergic α1BHuman −17.1 Adrenergic α1D Human −3.6 Adrenergic α2A Human −7.7Adrenergic α2B Human 11.5 Adrenergic α2C Human 0.6 Adrenergic β1 Human−7.3 Adrenergic β2 Human 0.7 Adrenergic β3 Human 24.8 Benzodiazepine(brain, Rat −11.2 [3H]Flunitrazepam) Dopamine D1 Human 1.9 Dopamine D2Human 1.0 Dopamine D3 Human −28.2 Dopamine D4 Human −2.9 Dopamine D5Human −0.9 GABAA (brain, [3H]Muscimol) Rat 11.0 Histamine H1 Human 0.2Histamine H2 Human (>10 μM) Histamine H3 Guinea Pig −5.2 ^(a)Compound 72was tested for displacement of radioligand binding activity at 10 μM.Assays were performed by the NIMH Psychoactive Drug Screening Program(UNC Chapel Hill) unless otherwise noted. ^(b)Inhibition at 10 μM as apercentage of displacement of the respective radioligand at each target.IC₅₀ values where applicable are shown in parentheses.

Example B6 Microsomal Stability In Vitro Assay

Pooled rat liver microsomes (BD Biosciences, #452701) were preincubatedwith test compounds at 37.5° C. for 5 min in the absence of NADPH. Thereaction was initiated by addition of NADPH and incubated under the sameconditions. The final incubation concentrations were 4 μM test compound,2 mM NADPH, and 1 mg/mL (total protein) liver microsomes inphosphate-buffered saline (PBS) at pH 7.4. One aliquot (100 μL) of theincubation mixture was withdrawn at 15 min time points and combinedimmediately with 100 μL of ACN/MeOH. After mixing, the sample wascentrifuged at approximately 13000 rpm for 12 min. The supernatant wasfiltered and transferred into an autosampler vial and the amount of testcompound was quantified using a Shimadzu LCMS 2010EV mass spectrometer.The change of the AUC (area under the curve) of the parent compound as afunction of time was used as a measure of microsomal stability. Testcompounds were run in duplicate with a positive control. See table 8 forresults.

Example B7 Plasma Stability In Vitro Assay

A 20 μL aliquot of a 10 mM solution in DMSO of the test compound wasadded to 2.0 mL of heparinized rat plasma (Lampire, P1-150N) to obtain a100 μM final solution. The mixture was incubated for 1 h at 37.5° C.Aliquots of 100 μL were taken at 15 min intervals and diluted with 100μL of MeOH/ACN. After mixing, the sample was centrifuged atapproximately 13000 rpm for 12 min. The supernatant was filtered andtransferred into an autosampler vial and the amount of test compound wasquantified using the Shimadzu LCMS-2010EV system. The change of the AUCof the parent compound in function of time was used as a measure ofplasma stability. See table 8 for results.

Example B8 Parallel Artificial Membrane Permeation Assay (PAMPA)

A 96-well microtiter plate (Millipore, # MSSACCEPTOR) was filled with300 μL aqueous buffer solution (in general phosphate pH 7.2 buffer wasused) and covered with a microtiter filterplate (Millipore, # MAIPNTR10)to create a sort of sandwich construction. The hydrophobic filtermaterial was impregnated with a 10% solution of polar brain lipidextract in chloroform (Avanti) as the artificial membrane, and theorganic solvent was allowed to completely evaporate. Permeation studieswere started by the transfer of 150 μL of a 100 μM test compoundsolution on top of the filter plate. The maximum DMSO content of thestock solutions was <1.5%. In parallel, an equilibrium solution lackinga membrane was prepared using the exact concentrations andspecifications but lacking the membrane. The concentrations of theacceptor and equilibrium solutions were determined using the ShimadzuLCMS-2010EV and AUC methods. The Acceptor plate and equilibrium plateconcentrations were used to calculate the permeability rate (Log P_(e))of the compounds. The log P_(e) values were calculated using thefollowing equation:Log P _(e)=log {C·−ln(1−[Drug]_(Acceptor)/[Drug]_(Equilibrium))}C=(V _(D) ·V _(A))/((V _(D) +V _(A))Area·time))

In this equation, V_(D) (cm³) is the donor volume (0.150 cm³), V_(A)(cm³) is the acceptor volume (0.300 cm³), Area (cm²) is the accessiblefilter area (0.168 cm²), and time (s) is the incubation time.[Drug]_(Acceptor) and [Drug]_(Equilibrium) are concentration of the testdrug for the sample (Acceptor) and reference (Equilibrium) solutions inthe acceptor compartment. See table 8 for results.

Representative in vitro ADME data for Group II mGlu PAMs is presented inTable 8.

TABLE 8 PAMPA Plasma Microsomal Cmpd (LogPapp) ^(a) Stability^(b)stability^(c) 20 −5.17 95 66 22 −5.47 106 29 24 −5.19 100 51 25 −4.99 9955 26 −4.69 99 9 33 −5.33 97 67 36 −5.43 101 59 38 −7.94 96 21 39 −6.73100 9 40 −4.92 100 41 41 −6.54 99 59 42 −7.18 106 57 43 −5.93 97 66 44−6.36 99 43 45 −6.54 100 31 46 −7.94 123 61 47 −8.54 120 21 48 −8.24 10157 49 −6.82 114 55 50 −6.12 99 5 51 −7.28 103 14 60 −5.12 96 35 65 −5.3083 60 68 −5.24 78 1 72 −5.42 63 39 73 −5.46 48 49 74 −5.63 89 51 75−5.66 83 58 ^(a) Permeability is monitored by measuring the amount ofcompound that can diffuse through a polar brain lipid membrane topredict BBB permeability. ^(b,c)Percent remaining after incubation for60 min. at 37.5° C.

Example B9 Pharmacokinetic (PK) Profile

Compounds 20, 36, 44, and 50 were selected for in vivo assessment ofpharmacokinetic (PK) properties in rats. For this initial evaluation,the PK properties of the compounds by oral (p.o.) and intravenous (i.v.)routes of administration as shown in Tables 9 and 10 respectively, wasdetermined. The PAMs were found to be systemically bioavailable withhalf-life (t_(1/2)) values of greater than 90 min when dosed p.o. anddemonstrate a range of maximal plasma levels from a low of 1.05 μM (50)to a high of 12.46 μM (36) (Table 9). All compounds had moderate volumeof distribution at steady state (Vdss) and medium to high clearance (CL)values, indicating moderate metabolism with a primary distribution inplasma and extracellular fluids, suggesting that one or more of the PAMsmight have promise as candidates for in vivo studies. The four compoundsexhibited low (20) to good oral bioavailability (50) (% F) albeit at therelatively high oral dose of 20 mg/kg; however, the brain levels of 20,36 and 44 were low, resulting in low brain:plasma ratios. Although thebrain:plasma ratios of these compounds are low, the total brainconcentration of 20 and 44 are 9-fold and 18-fold above the in vitroEC₅₀ for mGlu2 respectively and close to the in vitro EC_(50s) formGlu3.

TABLE 9 In vivo PK data for mGlu2/mGlu3 PAMs in rats following p.o.administration (20 mg/kg)^(a) C_(max) T_(max) AUC (0→t) T_(1/2) F BrainPlasma Brain:Plasma Cmpd (μM) (min) (μmol/L) * min (min) (%) (μM) (μM)ratio 20 2.57 ± 0.45 135 ± 15 544.8 ± 75.4  303 ± 55 23.5 1.12 ± 0.435.29 ± 1.98 0.20 ± 0.03 36 12.46 ± 6.42  30 ± 0 720.5 ± 283.4  89 ± 1758.2 0.23 ± 0.06 4.23 ± 1.19 0.06 ± 0.03 44 2.75 ± 0.47  90 ± 17 1274.6± 246.3  471 ± 89 41.9 0.81 ± 0.17 16.38 ± 1.1  0.05 ± 0.01 50 1.05 ±0.15  96 ± 40 466.2 ± 105.2  569 ± 199 60.4 ND ND ND ^(a)C_(max):maximum concentration of the compound detected in plasma. T_(max): timeat C_(max). AUC: area under the curve. t_(1/2): terminal half-life. F:oral bioavailability. ^(b)Brains and plasma were harvested at or nearthe T_(max). Compounds were dosed in a volume of 2 mL/kg p.o. (n = 3-4)at 20 mg/kg in 0.6% Tween 80. ND = Not Determined.

TABLE 10 In vivo PK data for mGlu₂/mGlu3 PAMs in rats after i.v.administration (2 mg/kg).^(a) C_(max) CL Vdss AUC_((0→t)) T_(1/2) Cmpd(μM) (mL*min−1*kg−1) (L*kg−1) (μmol/L)*min (min) 20 5.00 ± 0.60 21.09 ±3.66 0.81 ± 0.14  231.7 ± 42.12 30 ± 2 36 3.52 ± 0.13 38.78 ± 2.55 0.89± 0.03 123.7 ± 7.7  18 ± 3 44 6.43 ± 0.39 14.58 ± 1.18 0.55 ± 0.04 304.6± 25.8 28 ± 0 50 2.15 ± 0.14 58.29 ± 7.98 2.87 ± 0.60 77.2 ± 8.0  57 ±12 ^(a)C_(max): maximum concentration of the compound detected inplasma. AUC: area under the curve. t_(1/2): terminal half-life. CL:Clearance. Vdss: steady state volume of distribution. Compounds wereinjected in a volume of 1 mL/kg i.v. (n = 3-4) through an i.v. catheterat 2 mg/kg in 0.6% Tween 80 or in 1M NaOH, pH adjusted to ~7.

Example B10 Comprehensive In Vitro Pharmacology

Compound 44 displays Ago-PAM activity toward mGlu2 and PAM activitytoward mGlu3 in GIRK thallium-flux assays. A concentration-response of44 was performed in the presence (FIG. 1A) and absence (FIG. 1B) of anEC₂₀ of glutamate in either the mGlu2 GIRK assay (squares) or mGlu3 GIRKassay (triangles). In the mGlu2 assay, 44 displays both Agonist and PAMactivity and is characterized as an Ago-PAM. In the mGlu3 assay, onlyPAM activity is detected. Data were analyzed using nonlinear regression,providing EC₅₀ values for each curve. Data were obtained from threeseparate experiments performed in triplicate, normalized to the responseto 100 μM glutamate in each experiment, and are expressed as themean±SEM.

The nature of the GIRK assay requires that each compound is screened fora single mode of pharmacology at a time since activity is only detectedthrough the GIRK channel when thallium is added to the assay. The datapresented in Table 5 represent compounds screened for activity in “PAMMode,” where a test compound is added, followed 2.5 min later by an EC₂₀concentration of glutamate in the presence of thallium. It was notedthat the response of 44 in “PAM Mode” toward mGlu2 decreased slightly athigher concentrations of test compound (FIG. 1A). This decrease could becaused by either receptor desensitization or intrinsic agonist activityof 44 that was not detected due to the mode in which the functionalassay was performed. To investigate this further, the same experimentswas carried out in the absence of an EC₂₀ concentration of agonist(Agonist Mode). For these experiments, test compounds were added in thepresence of thallium and GIRK activity was immediately monitored.Compound 44 was found to display intrinsic agonist activity towardsmGlu₂, but not mGlu3 in the GIRK assay (FIG. 1B). Thus, this compound isbest characterized as having mGlu2 agonist-PAM activity and mGlu3 PAMactivity in the GIRK thallium flux assays.

Compound 44 was evaluated next in a fold-shift assay, another measure ofthe potentiating activity of a PAM toward the orthosteric ligandglutamate (FIGS. 2A and 2B). Fold-shift values were calculated bydetermining the ratio of the potency of the orthosteric agonistglutamate in the presence and absence of increasing concentrations of anallosteric modulator. Increasing fixed concentrations of 44dose-dependently shifted the glutamate concentration-response of mGlu2(FIG. 2A) and mGlu3 (FIG. 2B) to the left, consistent with anenhancement of glutamate responses. For these assays, the Ago-PAMactivity toward mGlu2 is readily apparent as the increase in baseline atlow concentrations of glutamate (FIG. 2A). These data are in contrastwith the results for mGlu3 (FIG. 2B), which does not show a change inbaseline of the glutamate dose-response. The increase in baseline in themGlu2 GIRK assay at higher concentrations of 44 is due to the Ago-PAMactivity of this compound. The leftward shifts induced by 44 indicate apotentiation of the response of mGlu2 and mGlu3 to glutamate. Themaximal fold-shift at mGlu2 is 4.50±0.96 and was derived from the testconcentration of 44 (300 nM) due to Ago-PAM activity. The maximalfold-shift at mGlu3 is 5.48±0.27 for the 10 μM test concentration.Concentration-response relationships were generated by adding a fixedconcentration of 44 to cells as indicated, followed by increasingconcentrations of glutamate. Data were analyzed using nonlinearregression, providing EC₅₀ values for each curve. Data were obtainedfrom three separate experiments performed in duplicate, normalized tothe response to 100 μM glutamate in each experiment, and are expressedas the mean±SEM.

Compound 44 was evaluated in an orthogonal assay of mGlu3 and mGlu2activity. For mGlu3 the TREx tetracycline-inducible system (Invitrogen)was utilized. A cell line in which the expression of mGlu3 isdose-dependently induced by tetracycline (Tet) and functionally coupledto calcium mobilization by the promiscuous G protein G_(α15) (FIGS. 3Aand 3B) was developed. In the absence of Tet, no measurable expressionof mGlu3 is detected either by Western blot (FIG. 3A) or by functionalresponse to calcium mobilization (FIG. 3B). The optimal calciummobilization response for this cell line was achieved at 20 ng/mL Tetfor 20 h prior to assay. Tet dose-dependently induced aglutamate-simulated calcium response that was maximal at 20 ng/mL Tet.Data were analyzed using nonlinear regression. Data were obtained fromthree separate experiments performed in triplicate, normalized to theresponse to 100 μM glutamate in each experiment, and are expressed asthe mean±SEM. This concentration of Tet was then utilized for furthercharacterization of 44 in the TREx293 mGlu3 G_(α15) calcium assay (FIG.4B), which shows that 44 demonstrates mGlu3 PAM activity in thisorthogonal assay whereas the mGlu2 selective PAM BINA remains inactive.

Compound 44 and BINA were also evaluated in calcium assays utilizingHEK293A mGlu2 G_(α15) cells as shown in FIG. 4A. Unlike in the mGlu2GIRK assay where it displays Ago-PAM activity, compound 44 behaves as aPAM in the calcium assay. Compound 44 displays PAM activity toward mGlu2and mGlu3 in calcium assays utilizing the promiscuous G protein G_(α15).A concentration-response of 44 (triangles) and the control mGlu2selective PAM BINA (squares) was performed in the presence of an EC₂₀ ofglutamate in either the (FIG. 4A) HEK293A mGlu2 G_(α15) calcium assay or(FIG. 4B) TREx293 mGlu3 G_(α15) calcium assay. In both assays, 44displays PAM activity. BINA displays PAM activity in the mGlu2 calciumassay but is inactive in the mGlu3 calcium assay. For this assay, mGlu3expression was induced with 20 ng/mL Tet for 20 h prior to assay. Datawere analyzed using nonlinear regression, providing EC₅₀ values for eachcurve. Data were obtained from three separate experiments performed intriplicate, normalized to the response to 100 μM glutamate in eachexperiment, and are expressed as the mean±SEM.

Example B11 Efficacy Studies in Rat

A member of this series was evaluated in efficacy studies in rats. Giventhe low brain levels achieved by p.o. dosing for compounds 20, 36, 44,and 50 nine compounds were evaluated by intraperitoneal (i.p.) dosing inorder to avoid first pass metabolism and to cast a wider net for acompound suitable for rat efficacy studies (Table 11). All compoundplasma levels were determined, but only those with the highest plasmaconcentrations (i.e. 44, 73, 74, and 75) were evaluated for brainlevels. Based on its combination of potency, selectivity, and PKproperties, compound 74 was selected for efficacy studies in rats.

TABLE 11 In vivo PK for mGlu2 PAMs in rats following i.p. administration(10 mg/kg)^(a) Plasma Plasma t_(1/2) Cmpd ID (μM)^(a) (min) Brain(μM)^(a) Brain: Plasma 44 10.57 ± 2.52  43 0.23 ± 0.10 0.03 ± 0.01 503.29 ± 1.27 20 ND ND 60 4.49 ± 0.49 22 ND ND 65 5.44 ± 2.92 30 ND ND 682.18 ± 0.58 28 ND ND 72 2.44 ± 2.19 27 ND ND 73 6.81 ± 0.84 132 0.47 ±0.35 0.02 ± 0.01 74 17.05 ± 0.19  106 0.56 ± 0.10 0.03 ± 0.01 75 6.52 ±0.54 80 0.22 ± 0.04 0.01 ± 0.01 ^(a)Maximum concentration of thecompound detected in plasma or brain. t_(1/2): terminal half-life.Compounds were dosed i.p. (n = 3) at 10 mg/kg in 10% EtOH/1% Tween 80,pH adjusted to ~7. Brains and plasma were harvested at the T_(max) (30min for all tested). ND = Not Determined.

Example B12 Behavioral Assessments

Subjects. Male Wistar rats (Charles River Laboratories, Raleigh, N.C.)weighing 300-350 g at the beginning of each experiment were housed inpairs in standard rat Plexiglas cages with food and water available adlibitum, except during food training and the food self-administrationexperiment (see below). Rats were maintained in a climate-controlledroom at 21° C. on a 12 h reverse light/dark cycle and all experimentswere conducted during the dark (i.e., active) phase (7:00 h-19:00 h) ofthe cycle under dim red lighting. All procedures were conducted inaccordance with the guidelines from the National Institutes of Healthand the Association for the Assessment and Accreditation of LaboratoryAnimal Care and were approved by the Institutional Animal Care and UseCommittee.

Drugs. Cocaine hydrochloride (National Institute on Drug Abuse,Bethesda, Md.) was dissolved in sterile physiological saline andfiltered through a 0.22 μm syringe filter (Fisher Scientific,Pittsburgh, Pa.) for sterilization purposes. Compound 74 was mixed intoa 10% EtOH, 1% Tween 80 solution.

Food Training. Details regarding the experimental procedures have beendescribed previously.³⁷ All rats were placed under food restriction (20g food/day) and trained during daily 1 hr sessions to lever press for 45mg food pellets (Research Diets, New Brunswick, N.J.) under a fixedratio 1 reinforcement schedule with a 1 s time-out period (FR1 TO1s).Successful responses were followed by illumination of a cue light forthe duration of the time-out period, when lever presses had noconsequence. Successful acquisition of food responding, defined asearning 100 pellets during each session, resulted in progression of thetraining program to FR1 TO10s and FR1 TO20s. Training lastedapproximately 5 days.

Cocaine Self-Administration Experiment. After successful acquisition offood training, rats (n=11) were fed ad libitum, surgically prepared withintravenous catheters inserted into the right jugular vein underisoflurane anesthesia (1-1.5% isoflurane/oxygen mixture) and allowed 7days to recover (see Jin et al. 2010 for details). Rats were thentrained to self-administer cocaine under a FR1 TO20s reinforcementschedule during daily 1 hr sessions. Each response at the active leverresulted in an intravenous infusion of cocaine (0.5 mg/kg/infusion) overa 2 s period in a volume of 0.05 μl. Rats were trained for approximately10 days until responding for cocaine stabilized (i.e., >10infusions/session; <20% variability in number of infusions over threeconsecutive sessions). After stabilization of responding, rats wereadministered Compound 74 (0, 10, 20, 40 mg/kg; i.p.; 3 ml/kg volume; 60min pretreatment time) according to a within-subjects Latin-squaredesign. At least 4 days elapsed between drug/vehicle injections tore-establish stable self-administration behavior (<20% variability overthree consecutive sessions).

Food Self-Administration Experiment. To assess non-specific actions ofCompound 74, after successful acquisition of food training andstabilization of responding (<20% variability over three consecutivesessions), rats (n=8) were administered Compound 74 (0, 10, 20, 40mg/kg; i.p.; 3 ml/kg volume; 60 min pretreatment time) according to awithin-subjects Latin-square design. All test parameters, including theFR1 TO20s reinforcement schedule, were identical to the parameters underwhich cocaine was self-administered.

Statistical Analyses. The number of cocaine infusions/food pelletsearned during test sessions with Compound 74 was calculated as apercentage of the average number of infusions/pellets earned during theprior 3 baseline sessions. Data were then analyzed with a mixed designanalysis of variance (ANOVA) with Compound 74 dose (within-subjects) andself-administration (i.e., cocaine vs. food; between-subjects) asfactors. Significant effects were further analyzed with Tukey post hoctests. The level of significance was set at α=0.05.

When assessed in vivo, compound 74 dose-dependently decreased cocaine-and food-maintained responding [compound 74 dose main effect:F_(3,51)=14.55; p<0.0001]. However, cocaine-maintained responding wasdecreased to a greater extent than food-maintained responding at thehighest dose tested (40 mg/kg; p<0.05) (See FIG. 5). Due to thewithin-subjects design of the dose response (i.e., each rat receivedeach dose of compound 74 using a Latin-square design), it was notpossible to collect brain samples to determine brain concentrations ofcompound 74 at 40 mg/kg during behavioral testing. It is unlikely thatbrain concentrations of compound 74 differed between cocaine- andfood-maintained rats at this dose, suggesting that the observeddifferences in behavior were not a function of group differences inbrain pharmacokinetic properties of compound 74. The mGlu2/3 receptoragonist LY379268 has previously been shown to similarly decrease bothcocaine- and food-maintained responding (Jin, X. et al.Neuropsychopharmacology 2010, 35, 2021-2036). Moreover, the selectivemGlu2 receptor PAM BINA decreased only cocaine-maintained respondingwhile having no effect on food-maintained responding. Morishima et al.have demonstrated that mGlu2 receptor knockout mice exhibited increasedconditioned place preference for cocaine (Morishima, Y. et al. Proc.Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A 2005, 102, 4170-4175). While these prior studiesfocused only on the role of mGlu2 receptors in responding for drug andnatural rewards, the present findings begin to delineate the individualroles of mGlu2 and mGlu3 receptors in reward processing. These patternsof results possibly suggest that activation of mGlu2 receptorsselectively modulates drug-reinforced behavior, whereas activation ofmGlu3 receptors either selectively modulates responding for naturalrewards or non-selectively modulates responding for both drug andnatural rewards. Use of an mGlu2/3 receptor PAM, as reported herein,provides an initial tool by which to indirectly test these hypotheses.Moreover, increasing mGlu2/3 receptor activity using a PAM compared to areceptor agonist may affect behaviors reinforced by natural rewards to alesser extent relative to drug-reinforced behaviors. Thus, targetingmGlu2 receptors with a PAM may be an effective strategy for treatingdrug dependence without affecting other motivated behaviors.

What is claimed is:
 1. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, having the structure of formula (I):

wherein: R¹ is —OH, —NHOR⁵, —NHSO₂R⁴, —NR⁴R⁵ or R⁴; L¹ is absent; R² ishydrogen, halogen, nitro, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴, substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, orsubstituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; R³is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, orsubstituted or unsubstituted aryl; X is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substitutedor unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl; Z is—OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substitutedor unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstitutedC₃-C₆cycloalkyl; R⁴ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl,substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl substituted orunsubstituted aryl or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and R⁵ ishydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted orunsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstitutedC₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl; or R⁴ and R⁵taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form asubstituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₈heterocycloalkyl.
 2. The compound ofclaim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:

L¹ is absent; and Z is halogen, or C₁-C₆alkyl.
 3. The compound of claim2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: L¹ is absent;and Z is —CH₃, or —CH₂CH₃.
 4. The compound of claim 1, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having the structure offormula (Ia) or formula (Ib):


5. The compound of claim 4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable saltthereof, wherein: R¹ is —OH or —NR⁴R⁵; X is —OH, —OR⁴, C₁-C₆alkyl, orC₁-C₆fluoroalkyl; R² is hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴, substitutedor unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, or substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆fluoroalkyl; and R³ is C₁-C₆alkyl, or C₃-C₆cycloalkyl.
 6. Thecompound of claim 5, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,wherein: R³ is —CH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂CH₃, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃,—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
 7. The compound of claim 6, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R¹ is —OH; R² is F,Cl, —CH₃, or —OCH₃; X is —OH; and R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, orcyclopentyl.
 8. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, selected from the group consisting of:


9. A compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having thestructure of formula (II):

wherein: R¹ is —OH, —OR⁴, —NHOR⁵, —NHSO₂R⁴, —NR⁴R⁵ or R⁴; or —C(═O)R¹ isa carboxylic acid bioisostere having the structure

Ring A is a substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic 5-, or 6- heteroarylselected from the group consisting of: furanyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl,thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, isoxazolyl,isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl,pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, and triazinyl; L² is absent,—O—(C₁-C₆alkylene)—, —S—, or —S—(C₁-C₆alkylene)—; R² is hydrogen,halogen, nitro, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl,substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or substituted orunsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; R³ is substitutedor unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, orsubstituted or unsubstituted aryl; X is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substitutedor unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl; Z ishalogen, or C₁-C₆alkyl; R⁴ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl,substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl substituted orunsubstituted aryl, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and R⁵is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted orunsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstitutedC₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted aryl; or R⁴ and R⁵taken together with the nitrogen to which they are attached to form asubstituted or unsubstituted C₂-C₈heterocycloalkyl.
 10. The compound ofclaim 9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Z is—CH₃, or —CH₂CH₃; and L² is absent, —O—(CH₂)—, or —S—(CH₂)—.
 11. Acompound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, having thefollowing structure:

wherein: R¹ is —OH, —OR⁴, —NHOR⁵, —NHSO₂R⁴, —NR⁴R⁵ or R⁴; or —C(=O)R¹ isa carboxylic acid bioisostere having the structure

Ring A is selected from a group consisting of:

L² is absent, —O—(CH₂)—, or —S—(CH₂)—; R² is hydrogen, halogen, nitro,—CN, —OH, —OR⁴, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted orunsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, or substituted or unsubstitutedC₃-C₆cycloalkyl; n is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; R³ is substituted orunsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl,substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, or substituted orunsubstituted aryl; X is —OH, —OR⁴, halogen, substituted orunsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl,or substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl; Z is —CH₃, or —CH₂CH₃;R⁴ is substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted orunsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl substituted or unsubstituted aryl, orsubstituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; and R⁵ is hydrogen, substitutedor unsubstituted C₁-C₆alkyl, substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C₃-C₆cycloalkyl, orsubstituted or unsubstituted aryl; or R⁴ R⁵ taken together with thenitrogen to which they are attached to form a substituted orunsubstituted C₂-C₈heterocycloalkyl.
 12. The compound of claim 11, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R¹ is —OH, —OCH₃,—OCH₂CH₃, or —N(R⁴R⁵); X is —OH, —OR⁴, C₁-C₆alkyl, or C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl;R² is hydrogen, halogen, —CN, —OH, —OR⁴, substituted or unsubstitutedC₁-C₆alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C₁-C₆fluoroalkyl; and R³ isC₁-C₆alkyl, or C₃-C₆cycloalkyl.
 13. The compound of claim 12, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R² is F, Cl, —CH₃, or—OCH₃; and R³ is —CH₃, —CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH₂CH₃, —CH(CH₃)₂, —CH₂CH₂CH₂CH₃,—CH(CH₃)CH₂CH₃, —CH₂CH(CH₃)₂, —C(CH₃)₃, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl,cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
 14. The compound of claim 13, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: R³ is —CH(CH₃)₂,—C(CH₃)₃, or cyclopentyl.
 15. The compound of claim 11, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, selected from the groupconsisting of:


16. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and at least onepharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
 17. A method of treatingAlzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, LouGehrig's disease, or an addictive disorder in a subject, the methodcomprising the step of administering to a subject in need thereof acompound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 18.The method of claim 17, wherein the addictive disorder is nicotineaddiction, alcohol addiction, opiate addiction, amphetamine addiction,methamphetamine addiction, or cocaine addiction.
 19. A method oftreating Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease,Lou Gehrig's disease, or an addictive disorder in a subject, the methodcomprising the step of administering to a subject in need thereof acompound of claim 9, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. 20.The method of claim 19, wherein the addictive disorder is nicotineaddiction, alcohol addiction, opiate addiction, amphetamine addiction,methamphetamine addiction, or cocaine addiction.
 21. A pharmaceuticalcomposition comprising a compound of claim 9, or a pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptableexcipient.
 22. A method of treating Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson'sdisease, Huntington's disease, Lou Gehrig's disease, or an addictivedisorder in a subject, the method comprising the step of administeringto a subject in need thereof a compound of claim 11, or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 23. The method of claim 22,wherein the addictive disorder is nicotine addiction, alcohol addiction,opiate addiction, amphetamine addiction, methamphetamine addiction, orcocaine addiction.
 24. A pharmaceutical composition comprising acompound of claim 11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, andat least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.